WO2021022709A1 - Bogie and rail vehicle - Google Patents

Bogie and rail vehicle Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021022709A1
WO2021022709A1 PCT/CN2019/117600 CN2019117600W WO2021022709A1 WO 2021022709 A1 WO2021022709 A1 WO 2021022709A1 CN 2019117600 W CN2019117600 W CN 2019117600W WO 2021022709 A1 WO2021022709 A1 WO 2021022709A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
traction
buffer
bogie according
seat
sleeve
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/117600
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
张晓军
陈彦宏
秦成伟
王俊锋
张文朝
楚伯刚
Original Assignee
中车唐山机车车辆有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 中车唐山机车车辆有限公司 filed Critical 中车唐山机车车辆有限公司
Priority to EP19940450.0A priority Critical patent/EP4008601A4/en
Publication of WO2021022709A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021022709A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B61RAILWAYS
    • B61FRAIL VEHICLE SUSPENSIONS, e.g. UNDERFRAMES, BOGIES OR ARRANGEMENTS OF WHEEL AXLES; RAIL VEHICLES FOR USE ON TRACKS OF DIFFERENT WIDTH; PREVENTING DERAILING OF RAIL VEHICLES; WHEEL GUARDS, OBSTRUCTION REMOVERS OR THE LIKE FOR RAIL VEHICLES
    • B61F5/00Constructional details of bogies; Connections between bogies and vehicle underframes; Arrangements or devices for adjusting or allowing self-adjustment of wheel axles or bogies when rounding curves
    • B61F5/26Mounting or securing axle-boxes in vehicle or bogie underframes
    • B61F5/30Axle-boxes mounted for movement under spring control in vehicle or bogie underframes
    • B61F5/305Axle-boxes mounted for movement under spring control in vehicle or bogie underframes incorporating rubber springs
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B61RAILWAYS
    • B61FRAIL VEHICLE SUSPENSIONS, e.g. UNDERFRAMES, BOGIES OR ARRANGEMENTS OF WHEEL AXLES; RAIL VEHICLES FOR USE ON TRACKS OF DIFFERENT WIDTH; PREVENTING DERAILING OF RAIL VEHICLES; WHEEL GUARDS, OBSTRUCTION REMOVERS OR THE LIKE FOR RAIL VEHICLES
    • B61F5/00Constructional details of bogies; Connections between bogies and vehicle underframes; Arrangements or devices for adjusting or allowing self-adjustment of wheel axles or bogies when rounding curves
    • B61F5/02Arrangements permitting limited transverse relative movements between vehicle underframe or bolster and bogie; Connections between underframes and bogies
    • B61F5/04Bolster supports or mountings
    • B61F5/08Bolster supports or mountings incorporating rubber springs
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B61RAILWAYS
    • B61FRAIL VEHICLE SUSPENSIONS, e.g. UNDERFRAMES, BOGIES OR ARRANGEMENTS OF WHEEL AXLES; RAIL VEHICLES FOR USE ON TRACKS OF DIFFERENT WIDTH; PREVENTING DERAILING OF RAIL VEHICLES; WHEEL GUARDS, OBSTRUCTION REMOVERS OR THE LIKE FOR RAIL VEHICLES
    • B61F5/00Constructional details of bogies; Connections between bogies and vehicle underframes; Arrangements or devices for adjusting or allowing self-adjustment of wheel axles or bogies when rounding curves
    • B61F5/02Arrangements permitting limited transverse relative movements between vehicle underframe or bolster and bogie; Connections between underframes and bogies
    • B61F5/16Centre bearings or other swivel connections between underframes and bolsters or bogies
    • B61F5/20Centre bearings or other swivel connections between underframes and bolsters or bogies with springs allowing transverse movements
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B61RAILWAYS
    • B61FRAIL VEHICLE SUSPENSIONS, e.g. UNDERFRAMES, BOGIES OR ARRANGEMENTS OF WHEEL AXLES; RAIL VEHICLES FOR USE ON TRACKS OF DIFFERENT WIDTH; PREVENTING DERAILING OF RAIL VEHICLES; WHEEL GUARDS, OBSTRUCTION REMOVERS OR THE LIKE FOR RAIL VEHICLES
    • B61F5/00Constructional details of bogies; Connections between bogies and vehicle underframes; Arrangements or devices for adjusting or allowing self-adjustment of wheel axles or bogies when rounding curves
    • B61F5/26Mounting or securing axle-boxes in vehicle or bogie underframes
    • B61F5/30Axle-boxes mounted for movement under spring control in vehicle or bogie underframes
    • B61F5/301Axle-boxes mounted for movement under spring control in vehicle or bogie underframes incorporating metal springs
    • B61F5/302Leaf springs
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B61RAILWAYS
    • B61FRAIL VEHICLE SUSPENSIONS, e.g. UNDERFRAMES, BOGIES OR ARRANGEMENTS OF WHEEL AXLES; RAIL VEHICLES FOR USE ON TRACKS OF DIFFERENT WIDTH; PREVENTING DERAILING OF RAIL VEHICLES; WHEEL GUARDS, OBSTRUCTION REMOVERS OR THE LIKE FOR RAIL VEHICLES
    • B61F5/00Constructional details of bogies; Connections between bogies and vehicle underframes; Arrangements or devices for adjusting or allowing self-adjustment of wheel axles or bogies when rounding curves
    • B61F5/50Other details
    • B61F5/52Bogie frames

Definitions

  • This application relates to the running technology of rail vehicles, in particular to a bogie and rail vehicles.
  • Rail vehicles are an important transportation link connecting cities, and have gradually become the main means of transportation in cities. Rail vehicles are also the main carrier for cargo transportation. Rail vehicles mainly include: a car body and a bogie arranged below the car body. The bogie is used to carry the car body and realize the running and steering functions.
  • Traditional bogies mainly include: frame, wheel set, traction device, braking device and buffer device.
  • Power bogie also includes driving device.
  • the frame is the main skeleton of the bogie, and the other components are related to the frame.
  • the frame usually consists of two parallel side beams and a cross beam connected between the middle of the two side beams to form an "H" structure.
  • the frame itself is integrally manufactured, and during the subsequent assembly of other components, the frame is also hoisted as a whole. Due to the relatively large volume and heavy weight of the frame, the lifting process is relatively heavy, and the process of alignment and alignment after the lifting is in place is also relatively difficult, making the assembly of traditional bogies more difficult, and the assembly process requires more manpower And material resources, assembly time is also relatively long.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a bogie and a rail vehicle, which can reduce the difficulty of assembling the bogie.
  • An embodiment of the first aspect of the present application provides a bogie, including:
  • the axle box is arranged on the wheel set and is located under the side beams for supporting the side beams;
  • the traction device is connected between the two connecting seats; the traction device is also used to connect with the vehicle body.
  • An embodiment of the second aspect of the present application provides a rail vehicle, including the bogie described above.
  • the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the application adopts two independent side beams to span two sets of wheel sets, the two side beams are parallel to each other, and the ends of the side beams are located above the axle box and are supported by the axle box; A connecting seat is arranged in the middle of each side beam, and the traction device is connected between the two connecting seats for providing traction or braking force to the vehicle body. Since the two side beams are independent, the volume is small, the weight is lighter, and the manufacturing process is less difficult. In the subsequent assembly process with other components, the hoisting process is relatively light and can simplify the alignment and alignment operations.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a bogie provided in the first embodiment of the application
  • Figure 2 is a top view of the bogie provided in the first embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the outside angle of the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the inside angle of the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of the outside angle of the side beam and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the inside angle of the side beam and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application;
  • Fig. 7 is an exploded view of the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a side beam provided in Embodiment 2 of the application.
  • FIG. 9 is a two-dimensional side view of the side beam provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 10 is an exploded view of an assembly method of the side beam and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view of an assembly method of the side beam and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 12 is an exploded view of another assembly method of the side beam and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 13 is a cross-sectional view 1 of another method of assembling the side beam and the connecting seat according to the second embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 14 is a second cross-sectional view of another assembly method of the side beam and the connecting seat provided by the second embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a secondary suspension device provided in Embodiment 2 of this application.
  • 16 is a cross-sectional view of the secondary suspension device provided by the second embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a series of suspension devices provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • 19 is a cross-sectional view of the assembly of a series of suspension devices and side beams according to the second embodiment of the application;
  • Figure 20 is an enlarged view of area A in Figure 19;
  • Figure 21 is an exploded view of the assembly of a series of suspension devices and side beams provided in the second embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of assembling a traction device with a connecting seat and a side beam according to the second embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a traction device provided in Embodiment 2 of this application.
  • FIG. 24 is an exploded view of a traction device provided in the second embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of a traction beam in a traction device provided in Embodiment 2 of the application;
  • Fig. 26 is an enlarged view of area B in Fig. 24;
  • FIG. 27 is an exploded view of a traction buffer assembly in a traction device provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • Figure 29 is an enlarged view of area C in Figure 28;
  • FIG. 30 is an exploded view of the traction device and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application in another assembly method
  • FIG. 31 is a cross-sectional view of a traction device and a connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application assembled by another assembly method;
  • Fig. 32 is an enlarged view of area D in Fig. 31;
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic structural diagram of a traction buffer connecting sleeve in a traction device provided by Embodiment 2 of the application;
  • FIG. 34 is a schematic structural diagram of another traction device provided in Embodiment 2 of the application.
  • 35 is an exploded view of another traction device provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 36 is a schematic structural diagram of a traction beam in another traction device provided in Embodiment 2 of the application;
  • FIG. 37 is a schematic structural diagram of a first buffer sleeve in another traction device provided in Embodiment 2 of the application; FIG.
  • FIG. 38 is a schematic diagram of an inside angle of a connecting seat corresponding to another traction device provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 39 is an exploded view of another traction device connected to a corresponding connecting seat according to Embodiment 2 of the application;
  • FIG. 40 is a schematic structural diagram of another traction device connected to a corresponding connecting seat according to Embodiment 2 of the application;
  • FIG. 41 is a schematic structural diagram of a second buffer sleeve in another traction device provided in Embodiment 2 of the application;
  • FIG. 43 is an exploded view of the single tie rod assembling the first tie rod connection component and the second tie rod connection component provided by the second embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 44 is an exploded view of the assembly of the single tie rod and the axle box provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 45 is a schematic diagram of the structure of assembling the single tie rod and the axle box provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • Figure 46 is a cross-sectional view of the first mandrel provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 47 is an exploded view of the assembly of the single tie rod and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 48 is a schematic structural diagram of assembling a single tie rod and a connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 49 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the wheelset and the axle box provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 50 is a schematic structural diagram of a wheel provided in Embodiment 2 of the application.
  • FIG. 51 is an exploded view of the wheel provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 53 is an enlarged view of area E in FIG. 52;
  • Fig. 54 is a schematic structural diagram of a power bogie provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 55 is a top view of the power bogie provided by the second embodiment of the application.
  • Figure 56 is a cross-sectional view of the wheel set, axle box and driving device provided in the second embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 57 is a schematic structural diagram of assembling the balance bar and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 58 is an exploded view of the assembly of the balance bar and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 59 is a schematic structural diagram of the brake device provided in the second embodiment of the application connected to the connecting seat;
  • FIG. 60 is a schematic structural diagram of a braking device provided in Embodiment 2 of the application.
  • FIG. 61 is an exploded view of the assembly of the brake unit connecting piece and the connecting seat in the brake device provided in the second embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 62 is a cross-sectional view of the assembly of the brake unit connecting piece and the connecting seat in the brake device provided in the second embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 63 is a schematic structural diagram of the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application and each shock absorber are connected;
  • Fig. 64 is a schematic structural diagram of the transverse shock absorber provided in the second embodiment of the application connected with the traction pin and the connecting seat;
  • Figure 65 is a schematic structural diagram of a bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 66 is a schematic structural diagram of a side beam of a bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 67 is a plan side view of the middle side beam of the bogie provided by the third embodiment of the application assembled with the axle box through a series of suspension devices;
  • FIG. 68 is an exploded view of the assembly of one end of the side beam in the bogie provided by the third embodiment of the application with a series of suspension devices and axle boxes;
  • Fig. 69 is a schematic structural diagram of the primary suspension device in the bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application.
  • Figure 70 is a cross-sectional view of the primary suspension device in the bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application.
  • Figure 71 is an exploded view of the connection between the side beam and the connecting seat of the bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application;
  • Fig. 72 is an outside angle view of the middle side beam of the bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application connected to the connecting seat;
  • FIG. 73 is an inside angle view of the middle side beam of the bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application connected to the connecting seat;
  • Fig. 74 is a schematic structural diagram of the middle side beam, the connecting seat and the traction device of the bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 75 is a schematic structural diagram of a single tie rod provided between the connecting seat and the axle box in the bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application;
  • Fig. 76 is a schematic structural diagram of a power bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application.
  • 5-drive device 51-direct drive motor; 511-motor housing; 512-rotor; 52-balance bar; 521-balance bar connection hole; 531-balance bar core shaft; 5311-balance bar core shaft connection hole; 532- Balance rod connecting bolt;
  • 6-brake device 61-brake unit; 62-brake unit connector; 621-first vertical mounting surface; 622-brake connector bolt hole; 623-brake connector bolt; 624-support groove ;
  • 8-second series suspension device 8-second series rigid support layer; 82-second series elastic buffer layer; 83-second series connecting hole;
  • the rail vehicles may be diesel locomotives or electric locomotives, and may be EMUs, subways, light rails, or trams.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a bogie provided in Embodiment 1 of this application
  • FIG. 2 is a top view of a bogie provided in Embodiment 1 of this application.
  • the bogie provided in this embodiment includes: wheelsets, side beams, axle boxes, connecting seats, traction devices, and so on.
  • the number of wheel sets is two, arranged side by side.
  • the wheel set includes: an axle 11 and a wheel 12, the number of wheels 12 is two, and they are symmetrically arranged on the axle.
  • the axle 11 is connected with the wheels 12, and the rotation of the axle 11 can drive the wheels 12 to rotate synchronously.
  • the number of axle boxes 13 is two, which are symmetrically arranged on the axle 11.
  • a bearing is provided between the axle box 13 and the axle 11 so that the axle 11 can rotate relative to the axle box 13.
  • the direction of the center line of the axle 11 is called the lateral direction
  • the direction in which the rail vehicle travels is called the longitudinal direction
  • the vertical direction is called the vertical direction.
  • the number of side beams 2 is two, which are independent of each other.
  • the two side beams are parallel, extend in the longitudinal direction, and respectively span over the two sets of wheels.
  • the two ends of the side beam 2 are located above the axle box 13, and the axle box 13 is used to support the side beam 2.
  • a connecting seat 3 is provided in the middle of each side beam 2, the traction device 4 is connected between the two connecting seats 3, and the top of the traction device 4 is also used to connect with the vehicle body.
  • the traction device 4 is used to transmit traction or braking force to the vehicle body.
  • a buffer device can be arranged between the connecting seat 3 and the vehicle body for supporting the vehicle body and transmitting vertical force.
  • a driving device is provided on the bogie, it will be used as a power bogie; if no driving device is provided, it will be used as a non-powered bogie.
  • a braking device may also be provided on the bogie, which is used to clamp the wheels 12 to achieve braking in a braking state.
  • the transmission path of the vertical force of the above-mentioned bogie is: car body-connecting seat-side beam-axle box-axle-wheel-track.
  • the transmission path of the lateral force is: car body-connecting seat and side beam-axle box-axle-wheel-track, and car body-traction device-connecting seat and side beam-axle box-axle-track.
  • the transmission path of the braking force is: brake device-wheel-axle-axle box-connecting seat and side beam-traction device-car body.
  • the transmission path of the longitudinal force (traction force) of the power bogie is: driving device-axle-axle box-connecting seat and side beam-traction device-car body.
  • the technical solution provided by this embodiment adopts two independent side beams to straddle two sets of wheel sets, the two side beams are parallel to each other, and the ends of the side beams are located above the axle box and are supported by the axle box; A connecting seat is arranged in the middle of the side beam, and the traction device is connected between the two connecting seats to provide traction or braking force to the vehicle body. Since the two side beams are independent, the volume is small, the weight is lighter, and the manufacturing process is less difficult. In the subsequent assembly process with other components, the hoisting process is relatively light and can simplify the alignment and alignment operations.
  • the connecting base 3 can be provided with corresponding interfaces for connecting the driving device 5 and the braking device 6.
  • the bogie can also be provided with a transverse shock absorber, a vertical shock absorber, an anti-snaking shock absorber, an anti-rolling torsion bar and other structures, all of which can be connected to the connecting seat 3.
  • a suspension device 7 may be provided between the side beam 2 and the axle box 13 to buffer the vertical force between the side beam 2 and the axle box 13.
  • the connecting seat 3 may be provided with a secondary suspension device 8 for supporting the vehicle body and also able to buffer the vertical force between the vehicle body and the connecting seat 3.
  • the bogie provided in this embodiment includes two mutually independent side beams 2, which are parallel and extend in the longitudinal direction.
  • the axle box 13 is located inside the wheel 12 and close to the wheel 12.
  • the end of the side beam 2 is connected to the axle box 13 through a series of suspension devices 7, and the first series of suspension devices 7 function to support the side beam 2 and buffer the vertical force.
  • Each side beam 2 is provided with a connecting seat 3 in the middle, and the top of the connecting seat 3 is provided with a secondary suspension device 8.
  • the top of the secondary suspension device 8 is connected to the vehicle body, and is used to support the vehicle body and buffer the vertical force.
  • the traction device 4 is connected between the two connecting seats 3 and can be used to transmit lateral force.
  • the top of the traction device 4 is connected to the vehicle body for transmitting traction or braking force to the vehicle body.
  • the outer surface of the connecting seat 3 is provided with a brake mounting seat for installing the brake device 6.
  • the braking unit in the braking device 6 extends to both sides of the wheel 12, and holds the wheel 12 for braking in a braking state.
  • the outer surface of the connecting seat 3 is provided with a shock absorber mounting portion 324 for connecting the anti-snaking shock absorber 91, the anti-rolling torsion rod 92 and the vertical shock absorber 93.
  • connection base 3 is a schematic diagram of the outside angle of the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the inside angle of the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • the view angle of FIG. 3 is viewed from the outside of the bogie
  • the view angle of FIG. 4 is viewed from the inside of the bogie.
  • the connecting seat 3 is a box-shaped structure, and its longitudinal direction is transparent.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of the outside angle of the side beam and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the inside angle of the side beam and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • the side beam 2 passes through the connecting seat 3, and the top inner surface of the connecting seat 3 is in contact with the second beam plate 22 and assembled.
  • FIG. 7 is an exploded view of the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • the connecting seat 3 mainly includes a first seat body 31 and a second seat body 32.
  • the second seat body 32 is located above the first seat body 31 and is connected with the first seat body 31 to form a box-shaped structure.
  • the first seat body 31 and the second seat body 32 enclose a passage through which the side beam 2 can pass.
  • the second seat body 32 mainly includes a seat body top plate 321, a second seat body inner plate 322 and a second seat body outer plate 323.
  • the top plate 321 of the seat body is parallel to the horizontal plane and is generally rectangular, that is, the top plate 321 of the seat body has four edges.
  • the side edge of the top plate 321 of the seat body facing the traction device is called the lateral inner edge, and the side edge away from the traction device is called the lateral outer edge.
  • the inner side plate 322 of the second seat body is perpendicular to the transverse direction, and the top of the inner side plate 322 is connected to the inner side edge of the upper seat body 321.
  • the second seat body outer plate 323 is perpendicular to the lateral direction, and its top is connected to the lateral outer edge of the seat body top plate 321.
  • the lateral distance between the second seat inner plate 322 and the second seat outer plate 323 is greater than the lateral width of the middle part of the side beam 2, so that the side beam 2 can move from the second seat inner plate 322 and the second seat outer plate Passed between 323.
  • the first seat body 31 mainly includes: a seat body bottom plate 311 and a seat body connecting portion 312.
  • the base plate 311 of the seat body is substantially parallel to the horizontal direction, and its shape is substantially rectangular.
  • the bottom end of the seat connecting portion 312 is connected to the seat bottom plate 311, and the top end is used to connect with the second seat 32.
  • the number of the base connecting portions 312 is four, which are arranged symmetrically on the inner and outer sides of the base bottom plate 311 of the base 311 and close to the top corners.
  • the distance between the inner surfaces of the two seat body connecting parts 312 symmetrical on both sides of the inner and outer sides is greater than the distance between the outer surfaces of the second seat body inner plate 322 and the second seat body outer plate 323, so that the second seat body inner plate 322 and the second seat body outer plate 323 can be inserted between two seat body connecting portions 312 symmetrical on both sides of the inner and outer sides.
  • the connection between the first seat body 31 and the second seat body 32 can be welding, bolting, or the like.
  • bolting is used for connection.
  • bolt holes are respectively provided on the second seat inner plate 322 and the second seat outer plate 323, and bolt holes are correspondingly opened on the seat connecting portion 312, and the seat body
  • the connecting bolt 331 passes through the bolt hole on the seat body connecting portion 312 and the bolt hole on the second seat body inner plate 322 (or the second seat body outer plate 323) in turn, and then is fixed with the seat body connecting nut 332.
  • seat body connecting bolts 331 for connection can appropriately set a necessary number of seat body connecting gaskets 333 to meet the assembly requirements and meet the assembly standards.
  • a weight-reducing hole 313 may be appropriately provided on the first seat body 31 to reduce the weight of the connecting seat 3, thereby helping to reduce the weight of the entire bogie.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of the side beam provided in the second embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 9 is a two-dimensional side view of the side beam provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • the side beam 2 has a double-layer plate structure, that is, the side beam 2 includes a first beam plate 21, a second beam plate 22 and a beam plate buffer 23.
  • the first beam plate 21 and the second beam plate 22 are arranged in the vertical direction in sequence, and the second beam plate 22 is located above the first beam plate 21.
  • the beam plate buffer 23 is located between the first beam plate 21 and the second beam plate 22 and at the middle of the first beam plate 21.
  • the use of the beam plate buffer 23 can buffer the vertical force between the first beam plate 21 and the second beam plate 22.
  • the side beam 2 with this structure can improve the vertical cushioning effect, so that the vibration of the vehicle body is smaller and the ride comfort is better.
  • the primary suspension device 7 in the traditional bogie can be eliminated, and the above-mentioned side beam 2 can achieve a better cushioning effect.
  • the beam-plate buffer 23 can be made of a material with a certain elasticity, for example: the beam-plate buffer 23 is a plate-shaped rubber piece, and its shape is similar to that of the first The shape of the beam plate 21 is matched, and its lateral width matches the width dimension of the middle part of the first beam plate 21, and its thickness and density determine the cushioning effect.
  • the upper surface of the beam plate buffer 23 is closely attached to the second beam plate 22, and the lower surface is closely attached to the first beam plate 21.
  • the thickness of the beam plate buffer 23 is the maximum value, that is, the distance between the first beam plate 21 and the second beam plate 22 is the maximum value.
  • the beam plate buffer 23 is compressed by the vertical force, and the second beam plate 22 moves downward accordingly.
  • the distance between the second beam plate 22 and the first beam plate 21 decreases as the load of the vehicle body increases, until the elastic limit of the beam plate buffer 23 is reached, the second beam plate 22 and the first beam plate 21 The distance between them is also shortened to the minimum limit.
  • the vibration of the wheel 12 is transmitted to the vehicle through the axle 11, the axle box 13, the first beam plate 21, the beam plate buffer 23, the second beam plate 22, the connecting seat 3, and the secondary suspension device 8 in turn.
  • the beam plate buffer 23 can buffer the vibration, thereby reducing the vibration of the vehicle body, and improving the riding comfort.
  • FIG. 10 is an exploded view of an assembly method of the side beam and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view of an assembly method of the side beam and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • the second seat body inner plate 322 and the second seat body outer plate 323 in the second seat body 32 respectively extend downward from both sides of the side beam 2 to the first seat body 31.
  • the seat body connecting portion 312 is connected to restrict the side beam 2 in the area enclosed by the first seat body 31 and the second seat body 32.
  • This embodiment provides another implementation of the beam plate buffer 23:
  • FIG. 12 is an exploded view of another assembly method of the side beam and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 13 is a cross-sectional view 1 of another assembly method of the side beam and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 14 This is a second cross-sectional view of another assembly method of the side beam and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of this application.
  • the first seat body 31 in the connecting seat 3 is omitted in FIG. 12.
  • the beam plate buffer 23 can be made of metal material or other rigid materials with higher hardness, and is connected to the connecting seat 3.
  • the size and shape of the beam plate buffer 23 can be set according to the shape of the middle of the side beam 2.
  • connection method of the beam plate buffer 23 and the connecting seat 3 can be welding, bolting, clamping, riveting, and the like.
  • a screw connection is adopted.
  • bolt holes are correspondingly opened on the second seat inner plate 322 and the second seat outer plate 323, and threaded holes are respectively provided on the transverse end faces of the beam plate buffer 23.
  • connection position of the beam plate buffer 23 on the connecting seat 3 can be set according to the thickness of the second beam plate 22, and the thickness of the beam plate buffer 23 can be set according to the distance between the first beam plate 21 and the second beam plate 22 Make settings.
  • the upper surface of the beam plate buffer 23 and the lower surface of the second beam plate 22 are always in contact, and there is no gap between the two.
  • first buffer gap 231 between the lower surface of the beam buffer 23 and the upper surface of the first beam 21.
  • the vertical height of the first buffer gap 231 is the largest, refer to FIG. 13.
  • the vertical pressure applied to the connecting seat 3 and the second beam plate 22 gradually increases, and the connecting seat 3, the second beam plate 22 and the beam plate buffer 23 move downward together,
  • the vertical height of the first buffer gap 231 gradually decreases.
  • the beam plate buffer 23 is lowered to contact the first beam plate 21.
  • the second load capacity is greater than the first load capacity.
  • the beam plate buffer 23 gradually moves downward until it contacts the second beam plate 21, refer to FIG. 14.
  • first beam plate 21 and the second beam plate 22 can also be made of fiber materials such as carbon fiber and glass fiber to make a plate-like structure, so that the elastic deformation ability is better.
  • first beam plate 21 and the second beam plate 22 are both carbon fiber plates.
  • the side beams made of fiber materials are lighter, which is beneficial to reduce the weight of the bogie.
  • the horizontal width of the first beam plate 21 is wide in the middle and narrow at both ends, and the vertical thickness is thick in the middle and thin at the ends.
  • the middle of the first beam 21 is recessed downward to form a fish belly, which improves the strength of the middle.
  • the horizontal width of the second beam 22 is wide in the middle and narrow at both ends, and the vertical thickness is thick in the middle and thin at both ends.
  • the middle of the second beam 22 is recessed downward to form a fish belly, which improves the strength of the middle.
  • the above-mentioned side beam 2 and the connecting seat 3 can be assembled in a variety of ways, and the two can be fixedly connected or movably connected.
  • This embodiment provides a specific connection method: as shown in FIGS. 8, 9, 10 and 12, a side beam connecting pin 24 extending upward is provided on the upper surface of the second beam plate 22.
  • a side beam connecting hole 3211 is correspondingly opened on the top of the connecting seat 3 (specifically, on the top plate 321 of the seat body).
  • the side beam connecting pin 24 passes upward through the side beam connecting hole 3211 to limit the horizontal movement of the side beam 2, refer to FIGS. 6, 11, 13, and 14.
  • a secondary connection hole is opened at the bottom of the secondary suspension device 8. After the above-mentioned side beam connecting pin 24 passes through the connecting seat 3 upwards, it is inserted into the secondary connecting hole for restricting the horizontal movement of the secondary suspension device 8.
  • Figures 13 and 14 simplify the structure of the secondary suspension device 8 in order to highlight the connection relationship between the components.
  • the bottom end of the side beam connecting pin 24 can be fixed to the upper surface of the second beam plate 22, and the top end is a free end.
  • the top and bottom ends of the side beam connecting pin 24 are both movable ends.
  • a blind hole is opened on the side beam 2, the bottom end of the side beam connecting pin 24 is inserted into the blind hole, and the top end passes through the connecting seat 3 upward, and then is inserted into the secondary suspension device 8.
  • the top end of the side beam connecting pin 24 is fixed to the bottom end of the secondary suspension device 8, and the bottom end of the side beam connecting pin 24 penetrates the connecting seat 3 downwards, and then is inserted into the blind hole of the side beam 2.
  • the upper and lower surfaces of the seat top plate 321 in the connecting seat 3 are respectively provided with connecting pins, the connecting pins arranged on the upper surface are inserted upwards into the secondary suspension device 8, and the connecting pins arranged on the lower surface are inserted downwards into the side beam 2 Inside the blind hole.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of the secondary suspension device provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 16 is a cross-sectional view of the secondary suspension device provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • the secondary suspension device 8 includes a secondary rigid support layer 81 and a secondary elastic buffer layer 82 alternately stacked, and the secondary rigid support layer 81 is located at the outermost side.
  • the secondary rigid support layer 81 at the top is in contact with the vehicle body, and the secondary rigid support layer 81 at the bottom is in contact with the connecting seat 3.
  • the secondary rigid support layer 81 can be made of rigid materials, which mainly play a supporting role, keeping the overall shape of the secondary suspension device 8 basically unchanged.
  • the secondary elastic buffer layer 82 can be made of elastic material and can be elastically deformed to buffer the vertical force between the vehicle body and the connecting seat.
  • the secondary rigid support layer 81 can be made of a metal material, and the secondary elastic buffer layer 82 can be made of rubber.
  • Each secondary rigid support layer 81 and secondary elastic buffer layer 82 are fixed by vulcanization to form a whole.
  • the number of secondary rigid support layers 81 is three, and the three secondary rigid support layers 81 are arranged in parallel.
  • the number of secondary elastic buffer layers 82 is two, which are respectively arranged between two adjacent secondary rigid support layers 81.
  • the cross-sectional area of the secondary elastic buffer layer 82 gradually decreases. From the figure, the shape of the secondary elastic buffer layer 82 is bowl-shaped, and the two secondary elastic buffer layers 82 are combined to form an hourglass structure.
  • a secondary connecting hole 83 is opened on the secondary rigid support layer 81 at the bottom, which is opened to the inside of the secondary elastic buffer layer 82 below, for the side beam connecting pins 24 to penetrate.
  • the primary suspension device 7 is arranged between the axle box 13 and the side beam 2, and can adopt existing structures in the art such as steel springs, rubber springs, etc., or can also adopt the following implementation methods.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a series of suspension devices provided in Embodiment 2 of this application
  • FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view of a series of suspension devices provided in Embodiment 2 of this application
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic view of a series of suspension devices provided in Embodiment 2 of this application
  • Fig. 20 is an enlarged view of area A in Fig. 19,
  • Fig. 21 is an exploded view of the assembly of a series of suspension devices and side beams provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • the primary suspension device 7 includes two parts: a first suspension assembly 71 and a second suspension assembly 72.
  • the first suspension assembly 71 is arranged between the first beam plate 21 and the second beam plate 22, and is used to support the second beam plate 22 and to support the gap between the first beam plate 21 and the second beam plate 22.
  • the vertical force is buffered
  • the second suspension assembly 71 is arranged between the first beam plate 21 and the axle box 13 to support the first beam plate 21 and the gap between the first beam plate 21 and the axle box 13 The vertical force is buffered.
  • the first suspension component 71 and the second suspension component 72 may adopt a structure with a certain elasticity, such as a spring or a rubber member. Alternatively, the following methods provided in this embodiment can be used:
  • the first suspension assembly 71 includes a series of rigid support layers 701 and a series of elastic buffer layers 702 alternately stacked.
  • a series of rigid support layers 701 are located on the outermost side.
  • a series of rigid support layers 701 at the top end is in contact with the second beam plate 22, and a series of rigid support layers 701 at the bottom end is in contact with the first beam plate 21.
  • the first series of rigid support layers 701 can be made of rigid materials, which mainly play a supporting role and keep the overall shape of the first suspension assembly 71 basically unchanged.
  • the first elastic buffer layer 702 can be made of elastic material and can be elastically deformed to buffer the vertical force between the first beam plate 21 and the second beam plate 22.
  • the first series of rigid support layer 701 can be made of metal material
  • the first series of elastic buffer layer 702 can be made of rubber.
  • Each of a series of rigid support layer 701 and a series of elastic buffer layer 702 is fixed by vulcanization to form a whole.
  • a series of positioning holes 703 are provided on the two outermost rigid support layers 701.
  • a series of positioning pins 25 are provided on the bottom surface of the second beam plate 22 and the top surface of the first beam plate 21 corresponding to a series of positioning holes. The positioning is achieved by inserting a series of positioning pins 25 into a series of positioning holes 703 to avoid relative movement of the beams and the first suspension assembly 71 in the transverse or longitudinal direction.
  • the first suspension assembly 71 includes three primary rigid support layers 701 and two primary elastic buffer layers 702. Three primary rigid support layers 701 are parallel, and two primary elastic buffer layers 702 are respectively disposed between two adjacent primary rigid support layers 701.
  • a series of positioning holes 703 are provided on a series of rigid support layer 701 on the top layer for insertion of a series of positioning pins 25 arranged on the bottom surface of the second beam plate 22.
  • a series of positioning holes 703 are also provided on a series of rigid support layer 701 located at the bottom layer for insertion of a series of positioning pins 25 arranged on the top surface of the first beam plate 21, so that the first suspension assembly 71 and the side beam 2 are between There is no relative movement in the horizontal direction.
  • the second suspension assembly 72 includes: two primary rigid support base layers 704, and a series of rigid support layers 701 and a series of elastic buffer layers 702 arranged alternately between the two primary rigid support base layers 704, and a series of elastic
  • the buffer layer 702 is in contact with a series of rigid support base layers 704.
  • the implementation of the rigid support layer 701 and the elastic buffer layer 702 in the second suspension assembly 72 can refer to the corresponding structure in the first suspension assembly 71 described above.
  • the first series of rigid support base layer 704 is also made of rigid materials to support and maintain the shape.
  • the metal layer is made of metal materials, and the other series of rigid support layers 701 and the first series of elastic buffer layers 702 are formed by a vulcanization process. As a one-piece structure.
  • a series of positioning holes 703 are provided on the two series of rigid support base layers 704.
  • a series of positioning pins 25 which can correspondingly penetrate into a series of positioning holes 703 are provided on the bottom surface of the first beam plate 21 and the top of the axle box 13.
  • the two primary rigid support base layers 704 are parallel and located on the outermost side.
  • the number of rigid support layers 701 is three
  • the number of elastic buffer layers 702 is four
  • the number of rigid support layers 701 and the elastic buffer layers 702 are alternately stacked.
  • a series of elastic buffer layer 702 is adjacent to a series of rigid support base layer 704.
  • a series of positioning holes 703 are provided on a series of rigid support base layer 704 on the top layer for insertion of a series of positioning pins 25 arranged on the bottom surface of the first beam plate 21.
  • a series of positioning holes 703 are also provided on a series of rigid support base layer 704 on the bottom layer for insertion of a series of positioning pins 25 arranged on the top of the axle box 13 so that the second suspension assembly 72 is between the side beam 2 and the axle box 13 There is no relative movement in the horizontal direction.
  • the thickness of the aforementioned rigid support layer 701 is smaller than the thickness of the elastic buffer layer 702, and the thickness of the rigid support base layer 704 is between the thickness of the rigid support layer 701 and the elastic buffer layer 702.
  • the above-mentioned primary suspension device 7 and the side beam 2 and the axle box 13 can be assembled in other ways.
  • positioning holes are provided on the side beam 2 and the axle box 13, corresponding to the primary suspension device 7.
  • the positioning pins penetrate into the positioning holes on the side beam 2 and the axle box 13 respectively.
  • the traction device 4 is connected between the two connecting seats 3, and the top end of the traction device 4 is also connected to the vehicle body for providing traction or braking force to the vehicle body.
  • This embodiment provides an implementation manner of the traction device 4:
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a traction device provided in the second embodiment of the application, assembling a connecting seat and a side beam
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a traction device provided in a second embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 24 is an embodiment of the application 2.
  • the traction device includes: a traction beam 41, a traction pin 42 and a traction buffer 43.
  • the two ends of the traction beam 41 are respectively connected to the connecting seat 3 of the corresponding end.
  • the top end of the traction pin 42 is connected with the vehicle body, the bottom end has an assembly relationship with the traction beam 41, and the traction buffer 43 is arranged between the traction beam 41 and the traction pin 42.
  • the traction pin 42 can refer to the structure commonly used in the prior art. Its top end is connected with the car body, and the bottom end is matched with the traction beam 41, so that the longitudinal force of the bogie can be transmitted to the traction pin 42 through the traction beam 41, and then to the car. body.
  • the top end of the traction pin 42 is provided with a vehicle body mounting portion 421, and the vehicle body mounting portion 421 is provided with a vehicle body connection hole 422 through which the vehicle body connection hole 422 is connected to the bottom of the vehicle body in cooperation with bolts.
  • the vehicle body mounting portion 421 Extending from the top end of the traction pin 42 in the longitudinal direction respectively, four vehicle body mounting portions 421 are formed, and each vehicle body mounting portion 421 is provided with two vehicle body connecting holes 422.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of a traction beam in a traction device provided in Embodiment 2 of the application.
  • the traction beam 41 has a frame structure.
  • the frame side parallel to the longitudinal direction is called a vertical frame 411
  • the frame side parallel to the lateral direction is called a horizontal frame 412.
  • the vertical frame 411 and the horizontal frame 412 are smoothly rounded transitions, so that the horizontal section of the traction beam 41 is a rounded rectangle.
  • the traction beam 41 is a box-shaped structure with a hollow inside.
  • the bottom end of the traction pin 42 is located in the area enclosed by the traction beam 41, and the traction buffer 43 is also arranged in this area and between the traction pin 42 and the inner wall of the traction beam 41.
  • the number of the traction buffer 43 is two, which are respectively arranged between the two longitudinal sides of the traction pin 42 and the corresponding horizontal frame 412.
  • the traction buffer 43 can buffer the longitudinal force between the traction beam 41 and the traction pin 42 to avoid direct rigid impact and friction between the two.
  • the traction buffer 43 may adopt a structure commonly used in the prior art, or may also adopt a structure as shown in FIG. 24. As shown in FIG. 24, the traction buffer 43 includes: an enclosure 431, a traction buffer assembly 432 and a traction buffer connection bolt 434.
  • the baffle plate 431 is arranged on the outer side of the lower part of the traction pin 42 without a gap with the traction pin 42.
  • the enclosure baffle 431 is composed of four flat baffles, and its shape can be matched with the bottom of the traction pin 42, that is, a cylindrical structure with a rectangular horizontal section.
  • the traction buffer assembly 432 is disposed on the longitudinal end surface of the enclosure baffle 431, that is, the traction buffer assembly 432 is located between the enclosure baffle 431 and the horizontal frame 412.
  • the traction buffer connection bolt 434 is used to fix the traction buffer assembly 432 and the transverse frame 412 together.
  • a frame edge connecting hole 4121 is provided on the horizontal frame 412, and the center line of the frame edge connecting hole 4121 extends in the longitudinal direction.
  • the traction buffer assembly 432 is provided with bolt holes corresponding to the traction buffer connection bolts 434.
  • the traction buffer connection bolts 434 pass through the frame edge connection holes 4121 and the bolt holes on the traction buffer assembly 432 from the outside of the transverse frame 412, and then connect with the corresponding bolt holes.
  • the nut is connected to fix the traction buffer assembly 432 on the lateral frame 412.
  • the traction buffer assembly 432 is in direct contact with the enclosure baffle 431, and is located between the enclosure baffle 431 and the horizontal frame 412, and is used to buffer the longitudinal force between the two.
  • the traction buffer 43 further includes: a traction buffer adjustment pad 435 arranged between the traction buffer assembly 432 and the transverse frame 412.
  • the number of traction buffer adjustment pads 435 can be one, two, or more than three for adjusting the distance between the traction buffer assembly 432 and the lateral frame 412. Due to the difference between the actual size and the design size of each component, a number of traction buffer adjustment pads 435 are arranged between the transverse frame 412 and the traction buffer assembly 432, so that the distance between the traction buffer 43 and the traction pin 42 The distance meets the design requirements.
  • the number of traction buffer adjustment pads 435 can be set according to the distance between the traction buffer assembly 432 and the lateral frame 412.
  • the traction buffer adjustment shim 435 may be pre-connected between the traction buffer assembly 432 and the lateral frame 412, or the traction buffer adjustment shim 435 may be assembled after the entire traction buffer 43 is assembled.
  • Fig. 26 is an enlarged view of area B in Fig. 24.
  • the traction buffer adjustment washer 435 is provided with a gasket opening 4351 that can accommodate the traction buffer connecting bolt 434.
  • the number of the gasket opening 4351 is two, which are symmetrically distributed in the traction buffer adjustment Both ends of the gasket 435.
  • the shim opening 4351 is inserted downward between the transverse frame 412 and the traction buffer assembly 432, and the traction buffer connecting bolt 434 is accommodated in the shim opening 4351 to restrict the lateral movement of the traction buffer adjustment shim 435.
  • FIG. 27 is an exploded view of the traction buffer assembly in the traction device provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • the traction buffer assembly 432 includes: a first metal connection piece 4321, a rubber connection piece 4322, a second metal connection piece 4323, and a third metal connection piece 4324 that are sequentially arranged along the longitudinal direction.
  • the first metal connecting member 4321 is provided with a bolt hole, which can be connected to the horizontal frame 412 by pulling the buffer connecting bolt 434.
  • the second metal connecting piece 4323 and the third metal connecting piece 4324 are correspondingly provided with bolt holes, and the two can be fixed together by bolts and contact the enclosure 431.
  • the rubber connecting piece 4322 is located between the first metal connecting piece 4321 and the second metal connecting piece 4323, and is fixed together by vulcanization.
  • a traction connecting pin 44 is used to connect the traction beam 41 and the connecting seat 3. Specifically, one end of the traction connecting pin 44 is connected to the longitudinal frame 411 of the traction beam 41, for example, to the middle of the longitudinal frame 411. The other end of the traction connecting pin 44 is inserted into the traction beam mounting hole 34 (as shown in FIG. 4) on the inner side of the connecting seat 3. Through the longitudinal force between the traction connecting pin 44 and the traction beam mounting hole 34, the transmission of the longitudinal force between the connecting seat 3 and the traction device 4 is realized.
  • a traction connecting bolt 45 can also be used to connect the longitudinal frame 411 and the connecting seat 3 together to keep the relative position between the two fixed.
  • a traction beam connecting sleeve 3221 protruding inward is provided on the inner side plate 322 of the second seat body of the connecting seat 3, and the traction beam connecting sleeve 3221 is provided with a traction beam extending in the transverse direction.
  • the traction connecting bolt 45 is inserted into the traction beam installation hole 34.
  • a traction bolt connection hole 4111 is opened in the middle of the longitudinal frame 411 of the traction beam 41.
  • a connecting flange 3222 can be expanded outward at the end of the traction beam connecting sleeve 3221, and a bolt hole can be provided on the connecting flange 3222 (the connecting flange is not shown in Figure 4 ).
  • the traction connecting bolt 45 is used to pass through the longitudinal frame 411 and the connecting flange 4222 in sequence, and then fit and fix the corresponding traction connecting nut.
  • the longitudinal frame 411 on one side is connected by four traction connecting bolts 45.
  • the connection method is a rigid connection, that is, the relative position between the connecting seat 3 and the traction device 4 is not changeable.
  • This embodiment also provides another connection method, which can realize a flexible connection between the connecting seat 3 and the traction device 4, thereby broadening the scope of the bogie for various road surfaces.
  • a small vertical bulge or depression appears on a track
  • the wheel on the corresponding side travels at the position of the bulge or depression, driving the connecting seat 3 to raise or lower in a small amplitude. Since the connecting seat 3 and the traction device 4 are connected flexibly, the small movement of the connecting seat 3 will not be transmitted to the traction device 4 to ensure that the vertical height of the traction device 4 remains basically unchanged, thereby improving the car body The stability improves the ride comfort.
  • FIG. 30 is an exploded view of a traction device and a connecting seat provided in Embodiment 2 of the application using another assembly method for assembly;
  • FIG. 31 is an exploded view of a traction device and connecting seat provided in Embodiment 2 of the application using another method A cross-sectional view of the assembling method,
  • FIG. 32 is an enlarged view of the area D in FIG. 31.
  • the traction buffer connecting sleeve 46 is sleeved on the outside of the traction connecting pin 44, and is pressed between the traction connecting pin 44 and the inner wall of the traction beam mounting hole 34 on the connecting seat 3.
  • the traction buffer connecting sleeve 46 itself can be elastically deformed, and the direction of the elastic deformation can be 360°, which realizes a flexible connection between the connecting seat 3 and the traction device 4, and the two can rotate relative to a certain angle.
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic structural diagram of a traction buffer connecting sleeve in a traction device provided in Embodiment 2 of the application.
  • the traction buffer connecting sleeve 46 may specifically include: a traction buffer outer sleeve 461, a traction buffer inner layer 462 and a traction buffer middle sleeve 463.
  • the traction buffer intermediate sleeve 463 is fixedly connected between the traction buffer outer sleeve 461 and the traction buffer inner sleeve 462.
  • the traction buffer outer sleeve 461 is used for interference fit with the traction beam mounting hole 34, and the traction buffer inner sleeve 462 is used for interference fit with the traction connecting pin 44, so that the overall traction buffer connecting sleeve 46 is fixed in the traction beam mounting hole 34 Between the traction connecting pin 44.
  • the aforementioned traction buffer intermediate sleeve 463 may be made of a material capable of elastic deformation.
  • the traction buffer middle sleeve 463 is a rubber sleeve, and the traction buffer outer sleeve 461 and the traction buffer inner sleeve 462 are both metal sleeves.
  • the traction buffer middle sleeve 463, the traction buffer outer sleeve 461 and the traction buffer inner sleeve 462 are fixed together by vulcanization.
  • the outer peripheral surface of the traction buffer intermediate sleeve 463 is spherical, so that the middle position along the centerline direction is fixedly connected with the traction buffer outer sleeve 461, and the two ends along the centerline direction are between the traction buffer outer sleeve 461
  • This embodiment also provides another implementation of the traction device 4:
  • Fig. 34 is a schematic structural diagram of another traction device provided in the second embodiment of the application
  • Fig. 35 is an exploded view of another traction device provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • the traction device includes: a traction beam 41, a traction pin 42 and a traction buffer 43.
  • the two ends of the traction beam 41 are respectively connected to the connecting seat 3 of the corresponding end.
  • the top end of the traction pin 42 is connected with the vehicle body, the bottom end has an assembly relationship with the traction beam 41, and the traction buffer 43 is arranged between the traction beam 41 and the traction pin 42.
  • the traction pin 42 can refer to the structure commonly used in the prior art. Its top end is connected with the car body, and the bottom end is matched with the traction beam 41, so that the longitudinal force of the bogie can be transmitted to the traction pin 42 through the traction beam 41, and then to the car. body.
  • the top end of the traction pin 42 is provided with a vehicle body mounting portion 421, and the vehicle body mounting portion 421 is provided with a vehicle body connection hole 422 through which the vehicle body connection hole 422 is connected to the bottom of the vehicle body in cooperation with bolts.
  • FIG. 36 is a schematic structural diagram of a traction beam in another traction device provided in Embodiment 2 of the application.
  • the traction beam 41 is a rod-shaped structure and is arranged between the two connecting seats 3 in the transverse direction.
  • the traction buffer 43 may include an upper hoop 436, a lower hoop 437 and a first buffer sleeve 438.
  • the upper hoop 436 and the lower hoop 437 are connected to form an annular hoop and hug the outside of the traction beam 41.
  • the upper hoop 436 is also connected to the bottom end of the traction pin 42 to realize the connection between the traction pin 42 and the traction beam 41.
  • the upper hoop 436 and the traction pin 42 may be an integral structure, or may be fixed together by welding or the like.
  • the upper hoop 436 and the lower hoop 437 can be connected by bolts.
  • FIG. 37 is a schematic structural diagram of the first buffer sleeve in another traction device provided in the second embodiment of the application. As shown in FIG. 37, the first buffer sleeve 438 includes: a first outer buffer sleeve 4381, a first inner buffer sleeve 4382 and a first intermediate buffer sleeve 4383.
  • the first intermediate buffer sleeve 4383 is disposed between the first outer buffer sleeve 4381 and the first inner buffer sleeve 4382, and is fixedly connected to the first outer buffer sleeve 4381 and the first inner buffer sleeve 4382.
  • the first outer buffer sleeve 4381 is in interference fit with the annular hoop, and the first inner buffer sleeve 4382 is in interference fit with the traction beam 41, so that the first buffer sleeve 438 is firmly arranged between the traction beam 41 and the annular hoop.
  • the first intermediate buffer sleeve 4383 may be made of elastic material.
  • the first outer buffer sleeve 4381 and the first inner buffer sleeve 4382 are both metal sleeves, and the first intermediate buffer sleeve 4383 is a rubber sleeve. The rubber sleeve and the metal sleeves on the inner and outer sides are fixed together by vulcanization.
  • the above-mentioned first buffer sleeve 438 is sleeved on the traction beam 41, so that it can buffer in a 360° range.
  • the traction pin 42 receives the vertical force of the vehicle body, the traction pin 42 moves slightly downward, which causes the first buffer sleeve 438 to deform itself to offset the downward displacement of the traction pin 42, thereby ensuring the vertical height of the traction beam 42 Keep unchanged, reducing the degree of bending of the traction beam 42.
  • the first buffer sleeve 438 can buffer the force transmission process between the traction pin 42 and the traction beam 41 to avoid direct rigid contact or wear between the two.
  • some holes can be opened on the first intermediate buffer sleeve 4383 to provide deformation space, thereby increasing the deformation amount of the first intermediate buffer sleeve 4383 and improving the buffer effect.
  • the end of the first intermediate buffer sleeve 4383 is provided with a deformation hole 4383a extending in the direction of its centerline.
  • the deformation hole 4383a may be a through hole penetrating the centerline direction of the first intermediate buffer sleeve 4383, or Can be blind holes.
  • the two ends of the traction beam 41 are connected to the connecting seat 3, and the structure of the connecting seat 3 can be adjusted on the basis of the foregoing implementation manner to adapt it to the traction beam 41 in this embodiment.
  • FIG. 38 is a schematic diagram of the inside angle of the connecting seat corresponding to another traction device provided in the second embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 39 is an exploded view of another traction device connected to the corresponding connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 40 This is a schematic structural diagram of another traction device connected to a corresponding connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of this application.
  • the function of the connecting seat 3 shown in FIGS. 38 to 40 is similar to the above-mentioned implementation, and the specific structure, connecting position and shape can be adjusted adaptively.
  • the connection with the traction beam 41 will be described in detail.
  • a traction beam installation hole 34 is provided on the inner surface of the connecting seat 3, and the traction beam 41 can be inserted into the traction beam installation hole 34.
  • a traction beam connecting sleeve 3221 is provided on the inner surface of the connecting seat 3, and the cavity in the traction beam connecting sleeve 3221 serves as the traction beam mounting hole 34.
  • a second buffer sleeve 439 can be provided between the end of the traction beam 42 and the traction beam mounting hole 34 for aligning the traction beam 42 and the connecting seat 3.
  • the force transmission process between the two is buffered to avoid direct rigid impact between the two.
  • FIG. 41 is a schematic structural diagram of a second buffer sleeve in another traction device according to Embodiment 2 of the application.
  • the second buffer sleeve 439 includes: a second outer buffer sleeve 4391, a second inner buffer sleeve 4392 and a second middle buffer sleeve 4393.
  • the second intermediate buffer sleeve 4393 is arranged between the second outer buffer sleeve 4391 and the second inner buffer sleeve 4392, and is fixedly connected to the two.
  • the second intermediate buffer sleeve 4393 can be made of elastic material, and can produce certain deformation by itself.
  • the second middle buffer sleeve 4393 is a rubber sleeve
  • the second outer buffer sleeve 4391 and the second inner buffer sleeve 4392 are both metal sleeves
  • the rubber sleeve and the metal sleeves on the inner and outer sides are fixed in a vulcanized manner. together.
  • the second outer buffer sleeve 4391 is in interference fit with the inner wall of the traction beam mounting hole 34, and the second inner buffer sleeve 4392 is in interference fit with the end of the traction beam 41, so that the traction beam 41 and the connecting seat 3 are opposed to each other.
  • the position remains fixed.
  • the wheel 12 connected to the connecting seat 3 moves a certain distance in the vertical direction, so that the center line of the traction beam mounting hole 34 in the connecting seat 3 is different from the center line of the traction beam 41.
  • the second buffer sleeve 439 can deform itself, it offsets the displacement of the connecting seat 3 and ensures that the position of the traction beam 41 remains unchanged, thereby reducing the vibration of the vehicle body and improving the ride comfort.
  • the aforementioned traction device 4 is used to transmit longitudinal force between the connecting seat 3 and the vehicle body, and the longitudinal force between the connecting seat 3 and the axle box 13 can be transmitted through the side beam 2. If the side beam 2 is a rigid beam, a better force transmission effect can be achieved. If the side beam 2 is made of carbon fiber, glass fiber and other materials, it is necessary to provide a connecting structure between the connecting seat 3 and the axle box 13 for Transmit longitudinal force.
  • FIG. 42 is a schematic structural diagram of a single pull rod provided between the connecting seat and the axle box according to the second embodiment of the application.
  • a single tie rod 95 is provided between the connecting seat 3 and the axle box 13 on the same side in the transverse direction for transmitting longitudinal force.
  • the single pull rod 95 extends in the longitudinal direction, one end is connected to the connecting seat 3 and the other end is connected to the axle box 13.
  • Figure 43 is an exploded view of the single tie rod assembling the first tie rod connecting component and the second tie rod connecting component provided in the second embodiment of the application. As shown in FIG. 43, a first tie rod connecting component can be used to connect the single tie rod 95 and the axle box 13, and a second tie rod connecting component can be used to connect the single tie rod 95 and the connecting seat 3.
  • first tie rod connecting assembly is described in detail:
  • FIG. 44 is an exploded view of the assembly of the single tie rod and the axle box provided in the second embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 45 is a schematic diagram of the assembly of the single tie rod and the axle box provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • a first tie rod hole 951 is provided at one end of the single tie rod 95, and the center line of the first tie rod hole 951 extends in the transverse direction.
  • a tie rod threaded hole 133 is provided on the axle box 13.
  • the aforementioned first tie rod connecting assembly includes: a first mandrel 95a1 and a tie rod connecting stud 95a2. Wherein, the first mandrel 95a1 is inserted in the first tie rod hole 951. Both ends of the first mandrel 95a1 expose the first tie rod hole 951, and a first mandrel bolt hole 95a11 is provided. One end of the tie rod connecting stud 95a2 is fixed in the tie rod threaded hole 133 on the axle box 3 through threaded fit, and the other end passes through the first mandrel bolt hole 95a11 and is connected to the first tie rod connecting nut 95a3. A gasket can be arranged between the tie rod connecting stud 95a2 and the first tie rod connecting nut 95a3 according to needs.
  • the box body 131 of the axle box 13 is provided with two tie rod connecting protrusions 134, and each tie rod connecting protrusion 134 is provided with a tie rod threaded hole 133 with a center line extending in the longitudinal direction.
  • FIG. 46 is a cross-sectional view of the first mandrel provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • the first mandrel 95a1 may specifically include: a first mandrel body 95a12, a first mandrel outer sleeve 95a13, and a first mandrel buffer sleeve 95a14.
  • the middle part of the first mandrel body 95a12 is a cylinder, both ends are rectangular parallelepipeds, and the first mandrel bolt hole 95a11 is provided in the rectangular parallelepiped part.
  • the first mandrel outer sleeve 95a13 is sleeved on the first mandrel body 95a12, and is in interference fit with the inner wall of the first tie rod hole 951.
  • the first mandrel buffer sleeve 95a14 is arranged between the first mandrel body 95a12 and the first mandrel outer sleeve 95a13.
  • the first mandrel buffer sleeve 95a14 can be made of elastic material.
  • the first mandrel buffer sleeve 95a14 is a rubber sleeve, and the first mandrel body 95a12 and the first mandrel outer sleeve 95a13 are both made of metal.
  • the first mandrel buffer sleeve 95a14, the first mandrel body 95a12 and the first mandrel outer sleeve 95a13 are fixed together by vulcanization.
  • the first mandrel buffer sleeve 95a14 itself can deform within a range of 360°, so when the wheel travels in an uneven area, the vertical height of the wheel 12 and the axle box 13 increases.
  • the deformation of the first mandrel buffer sleeve 95a14 itself can offset the force exerted by the axle box 13 on the single tie rod 95 due to the height change, so that the vertical height of the single tie rod 95 does not change, thereby not affecting the connecting seat 3 and the car body
  • the vertical height can improve ride comfort.
  • FIG. 47 is an exploded view of the assembly of the single tie rod and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 48 is a schematic diagram of the assembly of the single tie rod and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • a second tie rod hole 952 is provided at the other end of the single tie rod 95, and the center line of the second tie rod hole 952 extends in the transverse direction.
  • a tie rod connecting hole 351 is provided on the connecting seat 3 for connecting a single tie rod 95.
  • the above-mentioned second tie rod connecting assembly includes: a second mandrel 95b1 and a tie rod connecting bolt 95b2. Wherein, the second mandrel 95b1 is inserted in the second tie rod hole 952. Two ends of the second mandrel 95b1 expose the second tie rod holes 952, and second mandrel bolt holes 95b11 are provided.
  • the tie rod connecting bolt 95b2 passes through the tie rod connecting hole 351 and the second mandrel bolt hole 95b11 on the connecting seat 3 in sequence, and then is connected to the second tie rod connecting nut 95b3.
  • a gasket may be provided between the tie rod connecting bolt 95b2 and the second tie rod connecting nut 95b3 as required.
  • a tie rod connecting column 35 is provided at the bottom of the connecting seat 3, and a tie rod connecting hole 351 with a center line extending in the longitudinal direction is opened on the tie rod connecting column 35.
  • the structure of the second mandrel 95b1 may refer to the first mandrel 95a1, and may adopt the same structure as the first mandrel 95a1.
  • the second mandrel 95b1 may include: a second mandrel body, a second mandrel sleeve, and a second mandrel buffer sleeve.
  • the middle part of the second mandrel body is a cylinder, both ends are cuboid, and the second mandrel bolt hole 95b11 is provided in the part of the cuboid.
  • the second mandrel outer sleeve is sleeved on the second mandrel body and is in interference fit with the inner wall of the second tie rod hole 952.
  • the second mandrel buffer sleeve is arranged between the second mandrel outer sleeves of the second mandrel body.
  • the second mandrel buffer sleeve can be made of elastic material.
  • the second mandrel buffer sleeve is a rubber sleeve, and the second mandrel body and the second mandrel outer sleeve are both made of metal.
  • the second mandrel buffer sleeve, the second mandrel body and the second mandrel outer sleeve are fixed together by vulcanization.
  • FIG. 49 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the wheelset and the axle box provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • the wheel set includes: an axle 11 and wheels 12, the number of wheels 12 is two, and the wheels 12 are symmetrically arranged on the axle 11.
  • the number of axle boxes 13 is two, which are symmetrically arranged on the axle 11 and located inside the wheel 12.
  • this embodiment provides a split wheel:
  • FIG. 50 is a schematic structural diagram of a wheel provided in Embodiment 2 of this application
  • FIG. 51 is an exploded view of a wheel provided in Embodiment 2 of this application.
  • the wheel 12 includes a wheel core 121, a wheel tyre 122 and a wheel ring 123.
  • the center of the wheel core 121 is provided with an axle hole 1211, and the axle 11 can be inserted into the axle hole 1211 and is an interference fit with the axle hole 1211.
  • the portion between the shaft hole 1211 and the outer edge of the wheel core 121 is a web 1212, and the surface of the web 1212 may be flat or curved.
  • the wheel tyre 122 is sleeved on the outer peripheral surface of the wheel core 121 and is an interference fit with the wheel core 121 so that the axle 11, the wheel core 121 and the wheel tyre 122 rotate synchronously.
  • the wheel ring 123 is used to connect the wheel core 121 and the wheel tyre 122.
  • FIG. 52 is a cross-sectional view of a wheel provided in Embodiment 2 of the application
  • FIG. 53 is an enlarged view of area E in FIG. 52.
  • the outer peripheral surface of the tire 122 is provided with a tread surface 1221, and one end of the tread surface 1221 in the axial direction protrudes to form a rim 1222.
  • the tread 1221 is used to contact the railway track, and the wheel rim 1222 is used to abut against the inner side of the track to limit the wheel 12 on the track.
  • the inner peripheral surface of one end of the wheel tyre 122 in the axial direction is provided with a limiting flange 1223, and the limiting flange 1223 protrudes from the outer periphery to the inner periphery.
  • the limiting flange 1223 is located at an end away from the wheel rim 1222.
  • a step surface 1213 for overlapping with the limiting flange 1223 is provided at one axial end of the wheel core 121.
  • a wheel ring 123 is used to fix the wheel core 121 in the wheel tyre 122.
  • a wheel ring assembly groove 1224 is provided on the inner peripheral surface of the other end of the wheel tyre 122 in the axial direction, and the wheel ring 123 can be embedded in the wheel ring assembly groove 1224.
  • the wheel ring 123 is ring-shaped and its thickness is greater than the depth of the wheel ring assembly groove 1224.
  • the outer part of the wheel ring 123 is embedded in the wheel ring assembly groove 1224, and the inner part is located outside the wheel ring assembly groove 1224.
  • the part located outside the wheel ring assembly groove 1224 extends to the end surface of the wheel core 121, pressing the wheel core 121 in the wheel tyre 122, and can prevent the wheel core 121 from coming out to the right.
  • the above-mentioned wheel 12 has a split structure and is composed of a wheel core 121, a wheel tyre 122 and a wheel ring 123.
  • a wheel core 121 When the tread surface of the wheel tyre 122 is severely worn, only the wheel tyre 122 needs to be replaced, and the wheel core 121 does not need to be replaced.
  • the wheel core 121 can be reused, which reduces the waste of materials and reduces the operating cost of the rail vehicle.
  • the above-mentioned wheel 12 has a relatively simple structure and is relatively easy to process.
  • a wheel ring gap 1231 can be provided on the wheel ring 123 to make it deformable and facilitate assembly.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the rim 123 may be rectangular or trapezoidal or the like.
  • the shape of the wheel ring assembly groove 1224 matches the shape of the wheel ring 123.
  • the above-mentioned wheel core 121 may be made of light-weight and high-strength materials, for example, aluminum-based graphene materials, aluminum alloys, or magnesium alloys. Since aluminum-based graphene materials, aluminum alloys or magnesium alloys and other light-weight high-strength materials have the characteristics of high strength and low density, the above-mentioned wheel core 121 uses aluminum-based graphene materials, aluminum alloys or magnesium alloys and other light-weight high-strength materials When manufactured, under the premise of ensuring that the wheels 12 meet the strength requirements, the weight of the wheels 12 can be greatly reduced, thereby reducing the overall mass of the wheel set, the bogie and the rail vehicle, which is convenient for the rail vehicle to achieve energy saving and consumption reduction. In addition, it can also reduce the unsprung mass of the bogie, reduce the force between wheel and rail, reduce wheel and rail wear, and reduce noise.
  • aluminum-based graphene materials, aluminum alloys or magnesium alloys Since aluminum-based graphene materials, aluminum alloys or magnesium
  • an oil groove 1214 is provided on the shaft hole wall of the wheel core 121, and the wheel core 121 is provided with an oil injection hole 1215 communicating with the oil groove 1214.
  • the oil groove 1214 may be an annular oil groove, and the cross-sectional shape of the oil groove 1214 may be semicircular.
  • lubricating oil can be injected into the oil groove 1214 through the oil injection hole 1215, so that the lubricating oil can reach between the axle 11 and the wheel core 121 through the oil injection hole 1215 and the oil groove 1214.
  • An oil film is formed between the cores 121 to prevent the surface of the axle 11 or the wheel core 121 from being damaged during the de-axle process, thereby increasing the service life of the axle 11 and the wheel core 121 and reducing the use cost.
  • the wheel core 121 can be detached from the axle 11 without using a large force, which is more convenient for operation.
  • the above-mentioned bogie can be used as a non-powered bogie, and if a driving device is provided in it, it can be used as a power bogie.
  • This embodiment provides an implementation manner of the driving device:
  • FIG. 54 is a schematic structural diagram of the power bogie provided in the second embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 55 is a top view of the power bogie provided in the second embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 56 is the wheelset, axle box and drive provided in the second embodiment of the application Sectional view of the device.
  • the driving device 5 includes a direct drive motor 51 and a balance bar 52.
  • the direct drive motor 51 is arranged on the axle 11 and located between the two axle boxes 13.
  • the direct drive motor 51 includes a motor housing 511, a rotor 512, and a stator.
  • the motor housing 511 is connected to the connecting base 3 through a balance bar 52.
  • the stator is arranged on the motor housing 511 and is fixed.
  • the rotor 512 is in interference fit with the axle 12 to rotate synchronously with the axle 12.
  • the direct drive motor 51 may adopt a structure commonly used in the prior art.
  • a bearing can be arranged between the motor housing 511 and the axle 11 to support the motor housing 511 and ensure that the rotor 512 can rotate smoothly.
  • the motor housing 511 can be connected to the box body 131 of the axle box 13, so that the motor housing 511 and the box body 131 are shared. Bearing 132.
  • connection with the motor housing 511 One end of the balance bar 52 is connected with the motor housing 511, and the other end is connected with the connecting base 3.
  • the method of connecting with the motor housing 511 can be bolted connection, welding, riveting and the like.
  • the connection with the connection base 3 can be as follows:
  • FIG. 57 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembly of the balance bar and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 58 is an exploded view of the assembly of the balance bar and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • the balance bar connector includes a balance bar core shaft 531 and a balance bar connecting bolt 532.
  • the balance bar 51 has an approximately “V”-shaped structure, the top of which is connected with the motor housing 511, and the two ends are respectively connected with the connecting base 3.
  • a balance rod connection hole 521 is provided at the end of the balance rod 51, and the balance rod mandrel 531 can be inserted into the balance rod connection hole 521.
  • the structure of the balance bar mandrel 531 can refer to the structure of the first mandrel 95a1 shown in FIG. 46.
  • the middle part of the balance bar mandrel 531 is inserted in the balance bar connection hole 521, and the balance bar connection hole 521 is exposed at both ends and the balance bar mandrel connection hole 5311 is provided.
  • a balance bar interface is provided on the connecting seat 3, specifically on the top plate 321 of the seat body.
  • a balance bar connecting convex portion 3212 is provided on the inner top corner of the top plate 321 of the seat body, and the end surface of the balance bar connecting convex portion 3212 is provided with a balance bar threaded hole 3213. After the balance rod connecting bolt 532 is passed through the balance rod mandrel connecting hole 5311, it is fixed into the balance rod threaded hole 3213 by screwing.
  • the number of the balance bar connecting protrusions 3212 connected to one end of the balance bar 52 is two, and there is a certain gap between the two balance bar connecting protrusions 3212 to form a balance bar relief groove.
  • the end of the balance rod 52 can be accommodated in the balance rod relief groove.
  • balance bar core shaft 531 to connect the balance bar 52 and the connecting seat 3 can offset the starting torque of the motor.
  • a braking device 6 is provided in the bogie for braking in a braking state.
  • this embodiment adopts a roulette brake method, that is, a brake disk is provided on the roulette surface of the wheel 12 (ie, the spoke surface, that is, the outer surface of the wheel core 121).
  • the brake device 6 brakes by clamping the brake disc 124.
  • the brake disc 124 may be connected to the wheel core 121 by bolts.
  • FIG. 59 is a schematic structural diagram of the brake device provided in the second embodiment of the application connected to the connecting seat
  • FIG. 60 is a schematic structural diagram of the brake device provided in the second embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 61 is a brake provided in the second embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 62 is a cross-sectional view of the assembly of the brake unit connecting piece and the connecting seat in the brake device provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • the braking device 6 includes a braking unit 61 and a braking unit connecting member 62.
  • the brake unit connecting member 62 is used to connect the brake unit 61 to the connecting seat 3.
  • the brake unit connecting member 62 has a first vertical mounting surface, which is used to fit the second vertical mounting surface on the connecting seat 3 for assembly connection.
  • a brake mounting seat 36 is provided on the outer side of the connecting seat 3, specifically on the top of the second seat body outer plate 323 located outside the connecting seat 3.
  • Two brake mounting seats 36 are provided on one connecting seat 3, which are respectively connected to one brake device 6 respectively.
  • the brake mounting seat 36 is provided with a second vertical mounting surface 361.
  • a first vertical mounting surface 621 is provided on the brake unit connecting member 62 and faces the second vertical mounting surface 361.
  • the first vertical mounting surface 621 and the second vertical mounting surface 361 are both vertical surfaces, and they are tightly attached, and can be connected by bolting or clamping.
  • a mounting seat threaded hole 362 is provided on the brake mounting seat 36, and the center line of the mounting seat threaded hole 362 is perpendicular to the second vertical mounting surface 361, that is, extends in the horizontal direction.
  • a brake connector bolt hole 622 is provided on the brake unit connector 62, and the center line of the brake connector bolt hole 622 is perpendicular to the first vertical mounting surface 621, that is, extends in the horizontal direction.
  • the brake connecting bolt 623 is used to pass through the brake connector bolt hole 622 and then fixed in the threaded hole 362 of the mounting seat by threaded fit.
  • the above-mentioned brake connecting bolt 623 is connected to the brake unit 61 and the connecting seat 3, and its end bears the gravity action of the brake unit 61.
  • the following improvements can be made:
  • a first supporting portion is provided on the first vertical mounting surface 621, and a second supporting portion is provided on the second vertical mounting surface 361 correspondingly.
  • the second supporting portion matches the shape of the first supporting portion, and is used to apply an upward supporting force to the first supporting portion, thereby alleviating the vertical force received by the brake connecting bolt 623.
  • the above-mentioned first supporting portion may be a supporting groove 624 opened on the first vertical mounting surface 621 and extending in a horizontal direction.
  • the supporting groove 624 is located at the middle position of the first vertical mounting surface 621 along the vertical direction, and two bolt holes 622 of the brake connector are symmetrically provided above and below it.
  • the second supporting portion is a supporting key 363 protruding from the second vertical mounting surface 361.
  • the supporting key 363 extends in the horizontal direction and is located in the middle of the second vertical mounting surface 361 in the vertical direction.
  • Two mounting seat threaded holes 362 are symmetrically provided on the upper side and the lower side.
  • the height of the supporting key 363 protruding from the second vertical mounting surface 361 is less than the depth of the supporting groove 624, and the supporting key 363 can be accommodated in the supporting groove 624 for supporting the brake unit connector 62 .
  • the distance between the center of the above-mentioned brake mounting seat 36 and the connecting seat 3 is relatively short, which is equivalent to that the arm corresponding to the brake unit 61 is relatively short, so that the torque received by the brake mounting seat 36 is small, and it is not prone to deformation.
  • the position of the brake unit 61 is changed, which ensures that the brake unit 61 can always be located on both sides of the brake disc 124 in the wheel 12, and the braking effect can be better achieved during the braking process.
  • the brake unit connecting member 62 and the brake unit 61 can be connected by bolt connection, welding, clamping, etc., which is not specifically limited in this embodiment.
  • FIG. 63 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application connected to each shock absorber.
  • the anti-snaking damper 91 extends in the longitudinal direction, one end of which is connected to the connecting seat 3, and the other end is connected to the vehicle body.
  • the vertical shock absorber 93 extends in the vertical direction, one end of which is connected with the connecting seat 3, and the other end is connected with the vehicle body.
  • the anti-rolling torsion rod 92 extends in the transverse direction, and its two ends are respectively connected to the connecting seats 3 on both sides.
  • the two ends of the anti-rolling torsion rod 92 are also provided with vertical connections extending in the vertical direction to connect with the vehicle body.
  • the transverse damper 94 extends in the transverse direction, one end of which is connected with the traction pin 42 and the other end is connected with the connecting seat 3.
  • the structures of the anti-snaking shock absorber 91, the anti-rolling torsion rod 92, the vertical shock absorber 93 and the transverse shock absorber 94 can all be implemented with reference to the prior art. In this embodiment, only the manner in which it is connected to the connection base 3 is described in detail.
  • the outer surface of the connecting seat 3 is provided with a shock absorber mounting portion 324 for connecting the anti-snaking shock absorber 91, the anti-rolling torsion rod 92 and the vertical shock absorber 93.
  • a shock absorber mounting seat 97 is used to fix on the shock absorber mounting portion 324, and the anti-snaking shock absorber 91, the anti-rolling torsion rod 92 and the vertical shock absorber 93 are all connected to the shock absorber mounting seat 97.
  • the above-mentioned shock absorber mounting seat 97 can be welded with steel plates into a box-shaped structure, and an interface for connecting with each shock absorber is provided on it.
  • Fig. 64 is a schematic structural diagram of the transverse shock absorber provided in the second embodiment of the application connected with the traction pin and the connecting seat.
  • the transverse damper 94 extends in the transverse direction, one end of which is connected to the traction pin 42, and the other end is connected to the connecting seat 3.
  • a connecting hole is opened on the inner side plate 322 of the second seat body in the connecting seat 3, and the outer end of the transverse shock absorber 94 can be fixed through the connecting hole by bolts and matched with a nut.
  • a transverse damper mounting seat 941 is connected to the bottom end of the traction pin 42, and the transverse damper mounting seat 941 can be fixed on the traction pin 42 by bolts.
  • the inner end of the transverse damper 94 can be fixedly connected to the transverse damper mounting seat 941 by bolts.
  • the anti-rolling connecting rod 96 can be used to connect between the single tie rods 95 on both lateral sides.
  • the anti-rolling connecting rod 96 extends in the transverse direction. For example, when the vehicle passes through a crossing triangle pit, the height difference between the wheels on both sides is large, and the relative position of the two side beams and the vehicle body remains unchanged, causing the connecting rod to twist. When the vertical height of each wheel 12 is too high, the anti-rolling connecting rod 96 can apply a downward vertical force to it to make it close to the rail, avoiding derailment accidents and reducing the risk of rolling over of the rail vehicle.
  • This embodiment provides another way to realize the bogie.
  • Figure 65 is a schematic structural diagram of a bogie provided in Embodiment 3 of the application.
  • the bogie provided in this embodiment includes two mutually independent side beams 2, which are parallel and extend in the longitudinal direction.
  • the axle box 13 is located inside the wheel 12 and close to the wheel 12.
  • the end of the side beam 2 is connected to the axle box 13 through a series of suspension devices 7, and the first series of suspension 7 functions to support the side beam 2 and buffer the vertical force.
  • Each side beam 2 is provided with a connecting seat 3 in the middle, and the top of the connecting seat 3 is provided with a secondary suspension device 8.
  • the top of the secondary suspension device 8 is connected to the vehicle body, and is used to support the vehicle body and buffer the vertical force.
  • the traction device 4 is connected between the two connecting seats 3 and can be used to transmit lateral force.
  • the top of the traction device 4 is connected with the vehicle body for transmitting traction or braking force to the vehicle body.
  • the outer surface of the connecting seat 3 is provided with a brake mounting seat for installing the brake device 6.
  • the brake unit in the brake device 6 extends to both sides of the wheel 12, and holds the disc surface of the wheel 12 for braking in a braking state.
  • the outer surface of the connecting seat 3 is provided with a shock absorber mounting portion 324 for connecting the anti-snaking shock absorber 91, the anti-rolling torsion rod 92 and the vertical shock absorber 93.
  • FIG. 66 is a schematic structural diagram of a side beam of a bogie provided in Embodiment 3 of the application.
  • the side beam 2 provided in this embodiment is a box-shaped structure, which may be welded by steel plates, or may be composed of carbon fiber or glass fiber materials.
  • the lateral width of the side sill 2 is wide in the middle and narrow at both ends, the vertical thickness of the side sill 2 is thick in the middle and thin at the ends, and the middle of the side sill is recessed downward to form a fish belly, so that the middle of the side sill 2 is stronger .
  • FIG. 67 is a plan side view of the bogie mid-side beam provided in the third embodiment of the application assembling the axle box through a series of suspension devices
  • Figure 68 is the one end of the bogie mid-side beam and the first series of suspension provided in the third embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 69 is a schematic structural diagram of the primary suspension device in the bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 70 is a cross-sectional view of the primary suspension device in the bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application.
  • the end of the side beam 2 is supported by a suspension device 7, and the bottom end of the suspension device 7 is connected to the axle box 13.
  • the realization of the first series suspension device 7 will be described in detail below:
  • a series of suspension devices 7 includes: a series of rigid support layers 701, a series of elastic buffer layers 702, and a series of rigid support base layers 704.
  • a series of rigid support base layer 704 is arranged at the bottom end for contact with the axle box 13.
  • a series of elastic buffer layers 702 and a series of rigid support layers 701 are alternately stacked on top of a series of rigid support base layers 704, and a series of elastic buffer layers 702 are in contact with a series of rigid support base layers 704.
  • At the top is a series of rigid support layers 701 for contact with the bottom surface of the side beam 2.
  • the first series of rigid support base layer 704 and the first series of rigid support layer 701 can be made of rigid materials, which mainly play a supporting role, so that the overall shape of the series of suspension devices 7 remains unchanged.
  • the first series of elastic buffer layer 702 can be made of elastic material and can be elastically deformed to buffer the vertical force between the side beam 2 and the axle box 13.
  • the first series of rigid support layer 701 and the first series of rigid support base layer 704 can be made of metal material, and the first series of elastic buffer layer 702 can be made of rubber.
  • Each of a series of rigid support layer 701, a series of elastic buffer layer 702 and a series of rigid support base layer 704 are fixed to form a whole by vulcanization.
  • the top surface of the primary suspension device 7 is a shape with a high middle and low ends.
  • a receiving recess 26 is provided on the bottom surface of the end of the side beam 2.
  • the shape of the receiving recess 26 matches the shape of the top surface of the suspension device 7, so that the top of the suspension device 7 can be accommodated in A series of accommodating recesses 26.
  • the side beam 2 is made of fiber materials such as carbon fiber and glass fiber, it has a certain degree of flexibility.
  • the middle part of the side beam 2 is subjected to the vertical pressure of the car body, a certain deformation occurs, and the longitudinal distance between the two ends of the side beam 2 is reduced, causing the end of the side beam 2 to move longitudinally relative to the first suspension device 7 A certain distance.
  • the above-mentioned method of positioning and assembly of the primary suspension device 7 and the side beam 2 can also adapt to the longitudinal movement of the side beam 2, that is, the primary suspension device 7 will not hinder the longitudinal movement of the side beam 2.
  • a series of elastic buffer layer 702 is a plate-like structure with uniform thickness and a convex middle part, and its convex shape matches with the top surface of a series of rigid support base layer 704.
  • a series of rigid support layer 701 is a plate-like structure with uniform thickness and a convex middle part, and its convex shape matches the top surface of a series of rigid support base layer 704.
  • a series of positioning holes 703 are opened from the bottom surface of a series of rigid support base layer 704 to the inside.
  • the depth of the series of positioning holes 703 matches the length of a series of positioning pins 25 provided on the axle box 13.
  • a convex portion is provided on the bottom surface of the end of the side beam 2, and a concave portion is provided on the top surface of the primary suspension device 7. The same fast positioning effect can be achieved.
  • FIGS. 71 to 73 The upper surface of the middle part of the side beam 2 is provided with a side beam connecting pin 24 for connecting with the connecting seat 3.
  • the implementation of the connection base 3 can refer to the above-mentioned embodiment, and the description will not be repeated in this embodiment.
  • Figure 71 is an exploded view of the middle side beam of the bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application connected to the connecting seat.
  • Figure 72 is an outside angle view of the middle side beam of the bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application connected to the connecting seat.
  • the third embodiment of the present application provides an inside angle view of the side beam of the bogie connected to the connecting seat.
  • the side beam 2 passes through the middle of the connecting seat 3, and the side beam connecting pin 24 passes upward through the side beam connecting hole 3211 on the connecting seat 3, and then penetrates into the secondary suspension device 8.
  • Fig. 74 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the middle side beam, the connecting seat and the traction device of the bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application.
  • the traction device 4 is connected between the two connecting seats 3, and the specific implementation of the traction device 4 can refer to the above-mentioned embodiment.
  • FIG. 74 shows an implementation manner in which the traction beam 41 is a frame-shaped structure, and another implementation manner in which the traction beam 41 is a rod-shaped structure is also applicable to the bogie provided in this embodiment.
  • Figure 75 is a schematic structural diagram of a single tie rod provided between the connecting seat and the axle box in the bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application.
  • a single tie rod 95 extending in the longitudinal direction is connected between the axle box 13 and the connecting seat 3, and the single tie rod 95 is used to transmit longitudinal force between the axle box 13 and the connecting seat 3.
  • the single pull rod 95 please refer to the above-mentioned embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • Fig. 76 is a schematic structural diagram of a power bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application.
  • the driving device 5 includes a direct drive motor 51 and a balance bar 52.
  • the direct drive motor 51 is arranged on the axle 11 and is located between the two axle boxes 13.
  • One end of the balance bar 52 is connected with the housing of the direct drive motor 51, and the other end is connected with the connecting base 3.
  • the specific implementation of the driving device 5 can refer to the above-mentioned embodiment, and this embodiment will not repeat the description.
  • the axle box 13 is located inside the wheel 12.
  • the axle box 13 can also be arranged on the outer side of the wheel 12.
  • the end of the side beam 2 also extends to the outer side of the wheel 12 to be assembled with the axle box 13 through a series of suspension devices 7.
  • the connecting seat 3 is connected to the axle box 13 through a single tie rod 95.
  • the connecting seat 3 is also connected with a brake device 6, and the position of the brake device 6 corresponds to the wheel 12. Therefore, the structure of the connecting seat 3 can be adjusted adaptively to meet Assemble the components.
  • a bearing is provided between the box body 131 of the axle box 13 and the axle 11.
  • a bearing is also arranged between the motor housing 511 and the rotor 512 to ensure the normal operation of the direct drive motor 51.
  • This embodiment provides a rail vehicle, which can use the bogie provided in any of the foregoing embodiments.
  • the rail vehicle provided by this embodiment uses the above-mentioned bogie, and uses two independent side beams to span two sets of wheels.
  • the two side beams are parallel to each other, and the ends of the side beams are located above the axle box.
  • a connecting seat is provided in the middle of each side beam, and the traction device is connected between the two connecting seats to provide traction or braking force to the vehicle body. Since the two side beams are independent, the volume is small, the weight is lighter, and the manufacturing process is less difficult. In the subsequent assembly process with other components, the hoisting process is relatively light, which can simplify the alignment and alignment operations. Shorten the production time of the bogie to improve the production efficiency of the entire rail vehicle.
  • first and second are only used for descriptive purposes, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of indicated technical features. Thus, the features defined with “first” and “second” may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of these features. In the description of the present application, "a plurality of” means at least two, such as two, three, etc., unless specifically defined otherwise.
  • the terms “installed”, “connected”, “connected”, “fixed” and other terms should be understood in a broad sense, for example, it can be a fixed connection or a detachable connection , Or integrated; it can be mechanically connected, or it can be electrically connected or can communicate with each other; it can be directly connected, or indirectly connected through an intermediate medium, it can be the internal communication of two components or the interaction of two components.
  • installed can be a fixed connection or a detachable connection , Or integrated; it can be mechanically connected, or it can be electrically connected or can communicate with each other; it can be directly connected, or indirectly connected through an intermediate medium, it can be the internal communication of two components or the interaction of two components.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Vibration Dampers (AREA)

Abstract

A bogie and a rail vehicle. The bogie comprises: two groups of wheel sets arranged in parallel, the wheel set comprising axles (11) and two wheels (12) symmetrically provided on the axles (11); two side beams (2) which span across above the two groups of wheel sets, and are parallel with each other; axle boxes (13) provided on the wheel sets, located below the side beams (2), and used for supporting the side beams (2); two connection bases (3) respectively provided on the middle of one side beam (2); and a traction device (4) connected between the two connection bases (3) and further used for being connected to a vehicle body. The bogie and the rail vehicle can reduce the assembling difficulty of the bogie.

Description

转向架及轨道车辆Bogies and rail vehicles 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及轨道车辆走行技术,尤其涉及一种转向架及轨道车辆。This application relates to the running technology of rail vehicles, in particular to a bogie and rail vehicles.
背景技术Background technique
轨道车辆是连结各城市的重要交通纽带,也逐渐成为城市内的主要交通工具,轨道车辆还是实现货物运输的主要载体。轨道车辆主要包括:车体及设置在车体下方的转向架,转向架用于对车体进行承载并实现走行和转向功能。Rail vehicles are an important transportation link connecting cities, and have gradually become the main means of transportation in cities. Rail vehicles are also the main carrier for cargo transportation. Rail vehicles mainly include: a car body and a bogie arranged below the car body. The bogie is used to carry the car body and realize the running and steering functions.
传统的转向架主要包括:构架、轮对、牵引装置、制动装置及缓冲装置,动力转向架还包括驱动装置。其中,构架是转向架的主体骨架,其余各部件均与构架发生关联。构架通常由两个平行的侧梁及连接在两个侧梁中部之间的横梁构成“H”型结构。构架自身是整体制造而成的,在后续装配其它部件的过程中,构架也是整体进行吊装。由于构架的整体体积较为庞大,重量较重,吊装过程较为繁重,在吊装到位后进行对位找正的过程也较为困难,使得传统转向架的装配难度较大,装配过程需要耗费较多的人力和物力,装配时间也比较长。Traditional bogies mainly include: frame, wheel set, traction device, braking device and buffer device. Power bogie also includes driving device. Among them, the frame is the main skeleton of the bogie, and the other components are related to the frame. The frame usually consists of two parallel side beams and a cross beam connected between the middle of the two side beams to form an "H" structure. The frame itself is integrally manufactured, and during the subsequent assembly of other components, the frame is also hoisted as a whole. Due to the relatively large volume and heavy weight of the frame, the lifting process is relatively heavy, and the process of alignment and alignment after the lifting is in place is also relatively difficult, making the assembly of traditional bogies more difficult, and the assembly process requires more manpower And material resources, assembly time is also relatively long.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例中提供了一种转向架及轨道车辆,能够降低转向架的装配难度。The embodiments of the present application provide a bogie and a rail vehicle, which can reduce the difficulty of assembling the bogie.
本申请第一方面实施例提供一种转向架,包括:An embodiment of the first aspect of the present application provides a bogie, including:
并排布设的两组轮对;所述轮对包括车轴及对称设置在车轴上的两个车轮;Two sets of wheel sets arranged side by side; the wheel sets include an axle and two wheels symmetrically arranged on the axle;
横跨在两组轮对上方的两个侧梁;两个侧梁相互平行;Two side beams across the two sets of wheels; the two side beams are parallel to each other;
轴箱,设置在所述轮对上,位于侧梁下方,用于支撑侧梁;The axle box is arranged on the wheel set and is located under the side beams for supporting the side beams;
两个连接座,各设置在一个侧梁的中部;Two connecting seats, each set in the middle of a side beam;
牵引装置,连接在两个连接座之间;所述牵引装置还用于与车体相连。The traction device is connected between the two connecting seats; the traction device is also used to connect with the vehicle body.
本申请第二方面实施例提供一种轨道车辆,包括:如上所述的转向架。An embodiment of the second aspect of the present application provides a rail vehicle, including the bogie described above.
本申请实施例提供的技术方案通过采用两个独立的侧梁横跨在两组轮对上,两个侧梁相互平行,侧梁的端部位于轴箱上方,通过轴箱进行支撑;在每个侧梁的中部设置一个连接座,牵引装置连接在两个连接座之间,用于向车体提供牵引力或制动力。由于两个侧梁是独立的,体积较小,重量较轻,制造过程的难度较小,在后续与其它部件进行装配的过程中,吊装过程较为轻便,能够简化对位找正的操作。The technical solution provided by the embodiment of the application adopts two independent side beams to span two sets of wheel sets, the two side beams are parallel to each other, and the ends of the side beams are located above the axle box and are supported by the axle box; A connecting seat is arranged in the middle of each side beam, and the traction device is connected between the two connecting seats for providing traction or braking force to the vehicle body. Since the two side beams are independent, the volume is small, the weight is lighter, and the manufacturing process is less difficult. In the subsequent assembly process with other components, the hoisting process is relatively light and can simplify the alignment and alignment operations.
附图说明Description of the drawings
此处所说明的附图用来提供对本申请的进一步理解,构成本申请的一部分,本申请的示意性实施例及其说明用于解释本申请,并不构成对本申请的不当限定。在附图中:The drawings described here are used to provide a further understanding of the application and constitute a part of the application. The exemplary embodiments and descriptions of the application are used to explain the application and do not constitute an improper limitation of the application. In the attached picture:
图1为本申请实施例一提供的转向架的结构示意图;Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a bogie provided in the first embodiment of the application;
图2为本申请实施例一提供的转向架的俯视图;Figure 2 is a top view of the bogie provided in the first embodiment of the application;
图3为本申请实施例二提供的连接座的外侧角度示意图;3 is a schematic diagram of the outside angle of the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application;
图4为本申请实施例二提供的连接座的内侧角度示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of the inside angle of the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application;
图5为本申请实施例二提供的侧梁与连接座装配的外侧角度示意图;5 is a schematic diagram of the outside angle of the side beam and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application;
图6为本申请实施例二提供的侧梁与连接座装配的内侧角度示意图;6 is a schematic diagram of the inside angle of the side beam and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application;
图7为本申请实施例二提供的连接座的爆炸视图;Fig. 7 is an exploded view of the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application;
图8为本申请实施例二提供的侧梁的结构示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a side beam provided in Embodiment 2 of the application;
图9为本申请实施例二提供的侧梁的二维侧视图;FIG. 9 is a two-dimensional side view of the side beam provided in the second embodiment of the application;
图10为本申请实施例二提供的侧梁与连接座一种装配方式的爆炸视图;FIG. 10 is an exploded view of an assembly method of the side beam and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application;
图11为本申请实施例二提供的侧梁与连接座一种装配方式的剖视图;11 is a cross-sectional view of an assembly method of the side beam and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application;
图12为本申请实施例二提供的侧梁与连接座另一种装配方式的爆炸视图;FIG. 12 is an exploded view of another assembly method of the side beam and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application;
图13为本申请实施例二提供的侧梁与连接座另一种装配方式的剖视图一;13 is a cross-sectional view 1 of another method of assembling the side beam and the connecting seat according to the second embodiment of the application;
图14为本申请实施例二提供的侧梁与连接座另一种装配方式的剖视图二;14 is a second cross-sectional view of another assembly method of the side beam and the connecting seat provided by the second embodiment of the application;
图15为本申请实施例二提供的二系悬挂装置的结构示意图;15 is a schematic structural diagram of a secondary suspension device provided in Embodiment 2 of this application;
图16为本申请实施例二提供的二系悬挂装置的剖视图;16 is a cross-sectional view of the secondary suspension device provided by the second embodiment of the application;
图17为本申请实施例二提供的一系悬挂装置的结构示意图;FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a series of suspension devices provided in the second embodiment of the application;
图18为本申请实施例二提供的一系悬挂装置的剖视图;18 is a cross-sectional view of a series of suspension devices provided by the second embodiment of the application;
图19为本申请实施例二提供的一系悬挂装置与侧梁装配的剖视图;19 is a cross-sectional view of the assembly of a series of suspension devices and side beams according to the second embodiment of the application;
图20为图19中A区域的放大视图;Figure 20 is an enlarged view of area A in Figure 19;
图21为本申请实施例二提供的一系悬挂装置与侧梁装配的爆炸视图;Figure 21 is an exploded view of the assembly of a series of suspension devices and side beams provided in the second embodiment of the application;
图22为本申请实施例二提供的一种牵引装置与连接座和侧梁装配的结构示意图;FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of assembling a traction device with a connecting seat and a side beam according to the second embodiment of the application;
图23为本申请实施例二提供的一种牵引装置的结构示意图;FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a traction device provided in Embodiment 2 of this application;
图24为本申请实施例二提供的一种牵引装置的爆炸视图;FIG. 24 is an exploded view of a traction device provided in the second embodiment of this application;
图25为本申请实施例二提供的一种牵引装置中牵引梁的结构示意图;25 is a schematic structural diagram of a traction beam in a traction device provided in Embodiment 2 of the application;
图26为图24中B区域的放大视图;Fig. 26 is an enlarged view of area B in Fig. 24;
图27为本申请实施例二提供的一种牵引装置中牵引缓冲组件的爆炸视图;FIG. 27 is an exploded view of a traction buffer assembly in a traction device provided in the second embodiment of the application;
图28为本申请实施例二提供的一种牵引装置与连接座装配的剖视图;28 is a cross-sectional view of assembling a traction device and a connecting seat according to Embodiment 2 of the application;
图29为图28中C区域的放大视图;Figure 29 is an enlarged view of area C in Figure 28;
图30为本申请实施例二提供的一种牵引装置与连接座采用另一种装配方式进行装配的爆炸视图;FIG. 30 is an exploded view of the traction device and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application in another assembly method;
图31为本申请实施例二提供的一种牵引装置与连接座采用另一种装配方式进行装配的剖视图;FIG. 31 is a cross-sectional view of a traction device and a connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application assembled by another assembly method;
图32为图31中D区域的放大视图;Fig. 32 is an enlarged view of area D in Fig. 31;
图33为本申请实施例二提供的一种牵引装置中牵引缓冲连接套的结构示意图;FIG. 33 is a schematic structural diagram of a traction buffer connecting sleeve in a traction device provided by Embodiment 2 of the application;
图34为本申请实施例二提供的另一种牵引装置的结构示意图;FIG. 34 is a schematic structural diagram of another traction device provided in Embodiment 2 of the application;
图35为本申请实施例二提供的另一种牵引装置的爆炸视图;35 is an exploded view of another traction device provided in the second embodiment of the application;
图36为本申请实施例二提供的另一种牵引装置中牵引梁的结构示意图;36 is a schematic structural diagram of a traction beam in another traction device provided in Embodiment 2 of the application;
图37为本申请实施例二提供的另一种牵引装置中第一缓冲套的结构示意图;FIG. 37 is a schematic structural diagram of a first buffer sleeve in another traction device provided in Embodiment 2 of the application; FIG.
图38为本申请实施例二提供的另一种牵引装置对应的连接座的内侧角度示意图;FIG. 38 is a schematic diagram of an inside angle of a connecting seat corresponding to another traction device provided in the second embodiment of the application; FIG.
图39为本申请实施例二提供的另一种牵引装置与对应连接座相连的爆炸视图;FIG. 39 is an exploded view of another traction device connected to a corresponding connecting seat according to Embodiment 2 of the application;
图40为本申请实施例二提供的另一种牵引装置与对应连接座相连的结构示意图;FIG. 40 is a schematic structural diagram of another traction device connected to a corresponding connecting seat according to Embodiment 2 of the application;
图41为本申请实施例二提供的另一种牵引装置中第二缓冲套的结构示意图;41 is a schematic structural diagram of a second buffer sleeve in another traction device provided in Embodiment 2 of the application;
图42为本申请实施例二提供的连接座与轴箱之间设置有单拉杆的结构示意图;42 is a schematic structural diagram of a single tie rod provided between the connecting seat and the axle box according to the second embodiment of the application;
图43为本申请实施例二提供的单拉杆分别与第一拉杆连接组件和第二拉杆连接组件装配的爆炸视图;FIG. 43 is an exploded view of the single tie rod assembling the first tie rod connection component and the second tie rod connection component provided by the second embodiment of the application;
图44为本申请实施例二提供的单拉杆与轴箱装配的爆炸视图;FIG. 44 is an exploded view of the assembly of the single tie rod and the axle box provided in the second embodiment of the application;
图45为本申请实施例二提供的单拉杆与轴箱装配的结构示意图;FIG. 45 is a schematic diagram of the structure of assembling the single tie rod and the axle box provided in the second embodiment of the application;
图46为本申请实施例二提供的第一芯轴的剖视图;Figure 46 is a cross-sectional view of the first mandrel provided in the second embodiment of the application;
图47为本申请实施例二提供的单拉杆与连接座装配的爆炸视图;FIG. 47 is an exploded view of the assembly of the single tie rod and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application;
图48为本申请实施例二提供的单拉杆与连接座装配的结构示意图;FIG. 48 is a schematic structural diagram of assembling a single tie rod and a connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application;
图49为本申请实施例二提供的轮对和轴箱的结构示意图;FIG. 49 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the wheelset and the axle box provided in the second embodiment of the application;
图50为本申请实施例二提供的车轮的结构示意图;FIG. 50 is a schematic structural diagram of a wheel provided in Embodiment 2 of the application;
图51为本申请实施例二提供的车轮的爆炸视图;FIG. 51 is an exploded view of the wheel provided in the second embodiment of the application;
图52为本申请实施例二提供的车轮的剖视图;52 is a cross-sectional view of the wheel provided in the second embodiment of the application;
图53为图52中E区域的放大视图;FIG. 53 is an enlarged view of area E in FIG. 52;
图54为本申请实施例二提供的动力转向架的结构示意图;Fig. 54 is a schematic structural diagram of a power bogie provided in the second embodiment of the application;
图55为本申请实施例二提供的动力转向架的俯视图;FIG. 55 is a top view of the power bogie provided by the second embodiment of the application;
图56为本申请实施例二提供的轮对、轴箱和驱动装置的剖视图;Figure 56 is a cross-sectional view of the wheel set, axle box and driving device provided in the second embodiment of the application;
图57为本申请实施例二提供的平衡杆与连接座装配的结构示意图;FIG. 57 is a schematic structural diagram of assembling the balance bar and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application;
图58为本申请实施例二提供的平衡杆与连接座装配的爆炸视图;FIG. 58 is an exploded view of the assembly of the balance bar and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application;
图59为本申请实施例二提供的制动装置与连接座相连的结构示意图;FIG. 59 is a schematic structural diagram of the brake device provided in the second embodiment of the application connected to the connecting seat;
图60为本申请实施例二提供的制动装置的结构示意图;FIG. 60 is a schematic structural diagram of a braking device provided in Embodiment 2 of the application;
图61为本申请实施例二提供的制动装置中的制动单元连接件与连接座装配的爆炸视图;FIG. 61 is an exploded view of the assembly of the brake unit connecting piece and the connecting seat in the brake device provided in the second embodiment of the application;
图62为本申请实施例二提供的制动装置中的制动单元连接件与连接座装配的剖视图;62 is a cross-sectional view of the assembly of the brake unit connecting piece and the connecting seat in the brake device provided in the second embodiment of the application;
图63为本申请实施例二提供的连接座与各减振器相连的结构示意图;FIG. 63 is a schematic structural diagram of the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application and each shock absorber are connected;
图64为本申请实施例二提供的横向减振器分别与牵引销和连接座相连的结构示意图;Fig. 64 is a schematic structural diagram of the transverse shock absorber provided in the second embodiment of the application connected with the traction pin and the connecting seat;
图65为本申请实施例三提供的转向架的结构示意图;Figure 65 is a schematic structural diagram of a bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application;
图66为本申请实施例三提供的转向架中侧梁的结构示意图;FIG. 66 is a schematic structural diagram of a side beam of a bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application;
图67为本申请实施例三提供的转向架中侧梁通过一系悬挂装置与轴箱装配的平面侧视图;FIG. 67 is a plan side view of the middle side beam of the bogie provided by the third embodiment of the application assembled with the axle box through a series of suspension devices;
图68为本申请实施例三提供的转向架中侧梁的一端与一系悬挂装置、轴箱装配的爆炸视图;FIG. 68 is an exploded view of the assembly of one end of the side beam in the bogie provided by the third embodiment of the application with a series of suspension devices and axle boxes;
图69为本申请实施例三提供的转向架中一系悬挂装置的结构示意图;Fig. 69 is a schematic structural diagram of the primary suspension device in the bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application;
图70为本申请实施例三提供的转向架中一系悬挂装置的剖视图;Figure 70 is a cross-sectional view of the primary suspension device in the bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application;
图71为本申请实施例三提供的转向架中侧梁与连接座相连的爆炸视图;Figure 71 is an exploded view of the connection between the side beam and the connecting seat of the bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application;
图72为本申请实施例三提供的转向架中侧梁与连接座相连的外侧角度视图;Fig. 72 is an outside angle view of the middle side beam of the bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application connected to the connecting seat;
图73为本申请实施例三提供的转向架中侧梁与连接座相连的内侧角度视图;FIG. 73 is an inside angle view of the middle side beam of the bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application connected to the connecting seat;
图74为本申请实施例三提供的转向架中侧梁、连接座与牵引装置相连的结构示意图;Fig. 74 is a schematic structural diagram of the middle side beam, the connecting seat and the traction device of the bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application;
图75为本申请实施例三提供的转向架中连接座与轴箱之间设置有单拉杆的结构示意图;FIG. 75 is a schematic structural diagram of a single tie rod provided between the connecting seat and the axle box in the bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application;
图76为本申请实施例三提供的动力转向架的结构示意图。Fig. 76 is a schematic structural diagram of a power bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application.
附图标记:Reference signs:
11-车轴;12-车轮;121-轮芯;1211-轴孔;1212-辐板;1213-台阶面;1214-油槽;1215-注油孔;122-轮箍;1221-踏面;1222-轮缘;1223-限位凸缘;1224-轮环装配槽;123-轮环;1231-轮环缺口;124-制动盘;13-轴箱;131-箱体;132-轴承;133-拉杆螺纹孔;134-拉杆连接凸部;11-axle; 12-wheel; 121-wheel core; 1211-axle hole; 1212-spoke plate; 1213-step surface; 1214-oil groove; 1215-oil hole; 122-wheel tyre; 1221-tread; 1222-wheel flange ; 1223-limiting flange; 1224-wheel ring assembly groove; 123-wheel ring; 1231-wheel ring gap; 124-brake disc; 13-axle box; 131-box body; 132-bearing; 133-rod thread Hole; 134-rod connecting convex part;
2-侧梁;21-第一梁板;22-第二梁板;23-梁板缓冲件;231-第一缓冲间隙;24-侧梁连接销;25-一系定位销;26-一系容纳凹部;2-side beam; 21-first beam plate; 22-second beam plate; 23-beam plate buffer; 231-first buffer gap; 24-side beam connecting pin; 25-a series of positioning pins; 26-a Department receiving recess;
3-连接座;31-第一座体;311-座体底板;312-座体连接部;313-座体减重孔;32-第二座体;321-座体顶板;3211-侧梁连接孔;3212-平衡杆连接凸部;3213-平衡杆螺纹孔;322-第二座体内侧板;3221-牵引梁连接套;3222-连接凸缘;323-第二座体外侧板;324-减振器安装部;331-座体连接螺栓;332-座体连接螺母;333-座体连接垫片;334-缓冲件连接螺栓;34-牵引梁安装孔;35-拉杆连接柱;351-拉杆连接孔;36-制动安装座;361-第二垂向安装面;362-安装座螺纹孔;363-承托键;3-Connecting seat; 31-First seat body; 311-Seat body bottom plate; 312-Seat body connecting part; 313-Seat body weight reduction hole; 32-Second seat body; 321-Seat body top plate; 3211-Side beam Connecting hole; 3212-balance rod connecting convex portion; 3213-balance rod threaded hole; 322-inner plate of the second seat body; 3221-towing beam connecting sleeve; 3222-connecting flange; 323-outer plate of the second seat body; 324 -Shock absorber mounting part; 331-seat connecting bolt; 332-seat connecting nut; 333-seat connecting gasket; 334-buffer connecting bolt; 34-traction beam mounting hole; 35-tie rod connecting column; 351 -Tie rod connecting hole; 36-Brake mounting seat; 361-Second vertical mounting surface; 362-Threaded hole of mounting seat; 363-Support key;
4-牵引装置;41-牵引梁;411-纵向框;4111-牵引螺栓连接孔;412-横向框;4121-框边连接孔;42-牵引销;421-车体连接部;422-车体连接孔;43-牵引缓冲件;431-围挡板;432-牵引缓冲组件;4321-第一金属连接件;4322-橡胶连接件;4323-第二金属连接件;4324-第三金属连接件;434-牵引缓冲连接螺栓; 435-牵引缓冲调整垫片;4351-垫片开口;436-上抱箍;437-下抱箍;438-第一缓冲套;4381-第一外层缓冲套;4382-第一内层缓冲套;4383-第一中间缓冲套;4383a-形变孔;439-第二缓冲套;4391-第二外层缓冲套;4392-第二内层缓冲套;4393-第二中间缓冲套;44-牵引连接销;45-牵引连接螺栓;46-牵引缓冲连接套;461-牵引缓冲外层套;462-牵引缓冲内层套;463-牵引缓冲中间套;464-缓冲间隙;4-traction device; 41- traction beam; 411-longitudinal frame; 4111- traction bolt connection hole; 412-transverse frame; 4121-frame side connection hole; 42- traction pin; 421-car body connection part; 422-car body Connecting hole; 43- traction buffer member; 431-enclosure baffle; 432- traction buffer assembly; 4321-first metal connector; 4322-rubber connector; 4323-second metal connector; 4324-third metal connector 434- traction buffer connecting bolt; 435- traction buffer adjusting gasket; 4351-gasket opening; 436-upper hoop; 437-lower hoop; 438-first buffer sleeve; 4381-first outer buffer sleeve; 4382-first inner buffer sleeve; 4383-first intermediate buffer sleeve; 4383a-deformation hole; 439-second buffer sleeve; 4391-second outer buffer sleeve; 4392-second inner buffer sleeve; 4393 Two intermediate buffer sleeve; 44- traction connecting pin; 45- traction connecting bolt; 46- traction buffer connecting sleeve; 461- traction buffer outer sleeve; 462- traction buffer inner sleeve; 463- traction buffer middle sleeve; 464- buffer gap;
5-驱动装置;51-直驱电机;511-电机壳体;512-转子;52-平衡杆;521-平衡杆连接孔;531-平衡杆芯轴;5311-平衡杆芯轴连接孔;532-平衡杆连接螺栓;5-drive device; 51-direct drive motor; 511-motor housing; 512-rotor; 52-balance bar; 521-balance bar connection hole; 531-balance bar core shaft; 5311-balance bar core shaft connection hole; 532- Balance rod connecting bolt;
6-制动装置;61-制动单元;62-制动单元连接件;621-第一垂向安装面;622-制动连接件螺栓孔;623-制动连接螺栓;624-承托槽;6-brake device; 61-brake unit; 62-brake unit connector; 621-first vertical mounting surface; 622-brake connector bolt hole; 623-brake connector bolt; 624-support groove ;
7-一系悬挂装置;71-第一悬挂组件;72-第二悬挂组件;701-一系刚性支撑层;702-一系弹性缓冲层;703-一系定位孔;704-一系刚性支撑基层;7-First suspension device; 71-First suspension component; 72-Second suspension component; 701-a rigid support layer; 702-a elastic buffer layer; 703-a positioning hole; 704-a rigid support Grassroots
8-二系悬挂装置;81-二系刚性支撑层;82-二系弹性缓冲层;83-二系连接孔;8-second series suspension device; 81-second series rigid support layer; 82-second series elastic buffer layer; 83-second series connecting hole;
91-抗蛇行减振器;92-抗侧滚扭杆;93-垂向减振器;94-横向减振器;95-单拉杆;951-第一拉杆孔;952-第二拉杆孔;95a1-第一芯轴;95a11-第一芯轴螺栓孔;95a12-第一芯轴体;95a13-第一芯轴外套;95a14-第一芯轴缓冲套;95a2-拉杆连接螺柱;95a3-第一拉杆连接螺母;95b1-第二芯轴;95b11-第二芯轴螺栓孔;95b2-拉杆连接螺栓;95b3-第二拉杆连接螺母;96-抗侧滚连杆;97-减振器安装座。91-anti-snaking shock absorber; 92-anti-rolling torsion rod; 93-vertical shock absorber; 94-transverse shock absorber; 95-single rod; 951-first rod hole; 952-second rod hole; 95a1-first mandrel; 95a11-first mandrel bolt hole; 95a12-first mandrel body; 95a13-first mandrel outer sleeve; 95a14-first mandrel buffer sleeve; 95a2-tie rod connecting stud; 95a3- First tie rod connecting nut; 95b1-Second mandrel; 95b11-Second mandrel bolt hole; 95b2-Tie rod connecting bolt; 95b3-Second tie-rod connecting nut; 96-Anti-rolling connecting rod; 97-Shock absorber installation seat.
具体实施方式detailed description
为了使本申请实施例中的技术方案及优点更加清楚明白,以下结合附图对本申请的示例性实施例进行进一步详细的说明,显然,所描述的实施例仅是本申请的一部分实施例,而不是所有实施例的穷举。需要说明的是,在不冲突的 情况下,本申请中的实施例及实施例中的特征可以相互组合。In order to make the technical solutions and advantages of the embodiments of the present application clearer, the exemplary embodiments of the present application are described in further detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. Obviously, the described embodiments are only a part of the embodiments of the present application, and Not all examples are exhaustive. It should be noted that the embodiments in the application and the features in the embodiments can be combined with each other if there is no conflict.
实施例一Example one
本实施例提供一种转向架,能够应用于轨道车辆中,该轨道车辆可以为内燃机车或电力机车,可以为动车组、地铁、轻轨或有轨电车等。This embodiment provides a bogie that can be applied to rail vehicles. The rail vehicles may be diesel locomotives or electric locomotives, and may be EMUs, subways, light rails, or trams.
图1为本申请实施例一提供的转向架的结构示意图,图2为本申请实施例一提供的转向架的俯视图。如图1和图2所示,本实施例提供的转向架包括:轮对、侧梁、轴箱、连接座和牵引装置等。FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a bogie provided in Embodiment 1 of this application, and FIG. 2 is a top view of a bogie provided in Embodiment 1 of this application. As shown in Figures 1 and 2, the bogie provided in this embodiment includes: wheelsets, side beams, axle boxes, connecting seats, traction devices, and so on.
其中,轮对的数量为两个,并排布设。轮对包括:车轴11和车轮12,车轮12的数量为两个,对称设置在车轴上。车轴11与车轮12相连,车轴11转动可带动车轮12同步转动。轴箱13的数量为两个,对称设置在车轴11上。轴箱13与车轴11之间设置有轴承,以使车轴11可相对于轴箱13转动。本实施例中,将车轴11的中心线方向称为横向方向,将轨道车辆行驶的方向称为纵向,将竖直方向称为垂向。Among them, the number of wheel sets is two, arranged side by side. The wheel set includes: an axle 11 and a wheel 12, the number of wheels 12 is two, and they are symmetrically arranged on the axle. The axle 11 is connected with the wheels 12, and the rotation of the axle 11 can drive the wheels 12 to rotate synchronously. The number of axle boxes 13 is two, which are symmetrically arranged on the axle 11. A bearing is provided between the axle box 13 and the axle 11 so that the axle 11 can rotate relative to the axle box 13. In this embodiment, the direction of the center line of the axle 11 is called the lateral direction, the direction in which the rail vehicle travels is called the longitudinal direction, and the vertical direction is called the vertical direction.
侧梁2的数量为两个,二者之间相互独立。两个侧梁平行,沿纵向方向延伸,分别横跨在两组轮对上方。侧梁2的两端位于轴箱13上方,轴箱13用于对侧梁2进行支撑。The number of side beams 2 is two, which are independent of each other. The two side beams are parallel, extend in the longitudinal direction, and respectively span over the two sets of wheels. The two ends of the side beam 2 are located above the axle box 13, and the axle box 13 is used to support the side beam 2.
每个侧梁2的中部设置有一个连接座3,牵引装置4连接在两个连接座3之间,牵引装置4的顶部还用于与车体相连。牵引装置4用于向车体传递牵引力或制动力。连接座3与车体之间可设置有缓冲装置,用于对车体进行支撑和传递垂向力。A connecting seat 3 is provided in the middle of each side beam 2, the traction device 4 is connected between the two connecting seats 3, and the top of the traction device 4 is also used to connect with the vehicle body. The traction device 4 is used to transmit traction or braking force to the vehicle body. A buffer device can be arranged between the connecting seat 3 and the vehicle body for supporting the vehicle body and transmitting vertical force.
转向架上若设置有驱动装置,则作为动力转向架;若不设置驱动装置,则作为非动力转向架。转向架上还可以设置有制动装置,用于在制动状态下夹紧车轮12实现制动。If a driving device is provided on the bogie, it will be used as a power bogie; if no driving device is provided, it will be used as a non-powered bogie. A braking device may also be provided on the bogie, which is used to clamp the wheels 12 to achieve braking in a braking state.
上述转向架的垂向力的传递路径为:车体-连接座-侧梁-轴箱-车轴-车轮-轨道。横向力的传递路径为:车体-连接座及侧梁-轴箱-车轴-车轮-轨道,以及 车体-牵引装置-连接座及侧梁-轴箱-车轴-轨道。制动力的传递路径为:制动装置-车轮-车轴-轴箱-连接座及侧梁-牵引装置-车体。动力转向架的纵向力(牵引力)传递路径为:驱动装置-车轴-轴箱-连接座及侧梁-牵引装置-车体。The transmission path of the vertical force of the above-mentioned bogie is: car body-connecting seat-side beam-axle box-axle-wheel-track. The transmission path of the lateral force is: car body-connecting seat and side beam-axle box-axle-wheel-track, and car body-traction device-connecting seat and side beam-axle box-axle-track. The transmission path of the braking force is: brake device-wheel-axle-axle box-connecting seat and side beam-traction device-car body. The transmission path of the longitudinal force (traction force) of the power bogie is: driving device-axle-axle box-connecting seat and side beam-traction device-car body.
本实施例提供的技术方案通过采用两个独立的侧梁横跨在两组轮对上,两个侧梁相互平行,侧梁的端部位于轴箱上方,通过轴箱进行支撑;在每个侧梁的中部设置一个连接座,牵引装置连接在两个连接座之间,用于向车体提供牵引力或制动力。由于两个侧梁是独立的,体积较小,重量较轻,制造过程的难度较小,在后续与其它部件进行装配的过程中,吊装过程较为轻便,能够简化对位找正的操作。The technical solution provided by this embodiment adopts two independent side beams to straddle two sets of wheel sets, the two side beams are parallel to each other, and the ends of the side beams are located above the axle box and are supported by the axle box; A connecting seat is arranged in the middle of the side beam, and the traction device is connected between the two connecting seats to provide traction or braking force to the vehicle body. Since the two side beams are independent, the volume is small, the weight is lighter, and the manufacturing process is less difficult. In the subsequent assembly process with other components, the hoisting process is relatively light and can simplify the alignment and alignment operations.
连接座3可以设置相应的接口,用于连接驱动装置5、制动装置6。转向架上还可以设置有横向减振器、垂向减振器、抗蛇行减振器、抗侧滚扭杆等结构,均可以连接在连接座3上。The connecting base 3 can be provided with corresponding interfaces for connecting the driving device 5 and the braking device 6. The bogie can also be provided with a transverse shock absorber, a vertical shock absorber, an anti-snaking shock absorber, an anti-rolling torsion bar and other structures, all of which can be connected to the connecting seat 3.
在侧梁2与轴箱13之间可以设置有一系悬挂装置7,用于对侧梁2与轴箱13之间的垂向力进行缓冲。在连接座3上可以设置有二系悬挂装置8,用于对车体进行支撑,还能够对车体与连接座3之间的垂向力进行缓冲。A suspension device 7 may be provided between the side beam 2 and the axle box 13 to buffer the vertical force between the side beam 2 and the axle box 13. The connecting seat 3 may be provided with a secondary suspension device 8 for supporting the vehicle body and also able to buffer the vertical force between the vehicle body and the connecting seat 3.
实施例二Example two
本实施例提供一种转向架的具体实现方式:This embodiment provides a specific implementation of a bogie:
如图1和图2所示,本实施例提供的转向架包括两个相互独立的侧梁2,两个侧梁2平行,且沿纵向方向延伸。轴箱13位于车轮12的内侧,贴近车轮12。侧梁2的端部通过一系悬挂装置7与轴箱13相连,一系悬挂装置7起到对侧梁2进行支撑和缓冲垂向力的作用。As shown in Figures 1 and 2, the bogie provided in this embodiment includes two mutually independent side beams 2, which are parallel and extend in the longitudinal direction. The axle box 13 is located inside the wheel 12 and close to the wheel 12. The end of the side beam 2 is connected to the axle box 13 through a series of suspension devices 7, and the first series of suspension devices 7 function to support the side beam 2 and buffer the vertical force.
每个侧梁2的中部均设置有一个连接座3,连接座3的顶部设置有二系悬挂装置8。二系悬挂装置8的顶部与车体相连,用于对车体进行支撑以及缓冲垂向力的作用。Each side beam 2 is provided with a connecting seat 3 in the middle, and the top of the connecting seat 3 is provided with a secondary suspension device 8. The top of the secondary suspension device 8 is connected to the vehicle body, and is used to support the vehicle body and buffer the vertical force.
牵引装置4连接在两个连接座3之间,可用于传递横向力。牵引装置4的 顶部与车体相连,用于向车体传递牵引力或制动力。The traction device 4 is connected between the two connecting seats 3 and can be used to transmit lateral force. The top of the traction device 4 is connected to the vehicle body for transmitting traction or braking force to the vehicle body.
连接座3的外侧表面设置有制动安装座,用于安装制动装置6。制动装置6中的制动单元延伸至车轮12的两侧,在制动状态下抱紧车轮12进行制动。The outer surface of the connecting seat 3 is provided with a brake mounting seat for installing the brake device 6. The braking unit in the braking device 6 extends to both sides of the wheel 12, and holds the wheel 12 for braking in a braking state.
连接座3的外侧表面设置有减振器安装部324,用于连接抗蛇行减振器91、抗侧滚扭杆92和垂向减振器93。The outer surface of the connecting seat 3 is provided with a shock absorber mounting portion 324 for connecting the anti-snaking shock absorber 91, the anti-rolling torsion rod 92 and the vertical shock absorber 93.
下面对转向架中的各个部分进行详细说明:The following is a detailed description of each part of the bogie:
首先,对连接座3的实现方式进行具体说明。图3为本申请实施例二提供的连接座的外侧角度示意图,图4为本申请实施例二提供的连接座的内侧角度示意图。图3的视图角度是从转向架的外侧看,图4的视图角度是从转向架的内侧看。如图3和图4所示,连接座3为箱型结构,其纵向方向是通透的。First, the implementation of the connection base 3 will be described in detail. 3 is a schematic diagram of the outside angle of the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application, and FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the inside angle of the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application. The view angle of FIG. 3 is viewed from the outside of the bogie, and the view angle of FIG. 4 is viewed from the inside of the bogie. As shown in Figures 3 and 4, the connecting seat 3 is a box-shaped structure, and its longitudinal direction is transparent.
图5为本申请实施例二提供的侧梁与连接座装配的外侧角度示意图,图6为本申请实施例二提供的侧梁与连接座装配的内侧角度示意图。如图5和图6所示,侧梁2从连接座3内穿过,连接座3的顶部内表面与第二梁板22接触并进行装配。5 is a schematic diagram of the outside angle of the side beam and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application, and FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the inside angle of the side beam and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application. As shown in Figs. 5 and 6, the side beam 2 passes through the connecting seat 3, and the top inner surface of the connecting seat 3 is in contact with the second beam plate 22 and assembled.
连接座3可以为一体结构,也可以为几个零部件装配在一起。本实施例提供一种连接座3的具体实现方式:图7为本申请实施例二提供的连接座的爆炸视图。如图7所示,连接座3主要包括第一座体31和第二座体32,第二座体32位于第一座体31的上方,与第一座体31相连构成箱型结构。第一座体31与第二座体32围成可供侧梁2穿过的通道。The connecting seat 3 can be an integral structure, or several parts can be assembled together. This embodiment provides a specific implementation of the connecting seat 3: FIG. 7 is an exploded view of the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application. As shown in FIG. 7, the connecting seat 3 mainly includes a first seat body 31 and a second seat body 32. The second seat body 32 is located above the first seat body 31 and is connected with the first seat body 31 to form a box-shaped structure. The first seat body 31 and the second seat body 32 enclose a passage through which the side beam 2 can pass.
具体的,第二座体32主要包括:座体顶板321、第二座体内侧板322和第二座体外侧板323。其中,座体顶板321与水平面平行,大体呈矩形,即:座体顶板321具有四个边缘。将座体顶板321中朝向牵引装置的一侧边缘称为横向内侧边缘,将背离牵引装置的一侧边缘称为横向外侧边缘。Specifically, the second seat body 32 mainly includes a seat body top plate 321, a second seat body inner plate 322 and a second seat body outer plate 323. The top plate 321 of the seat body is parallel to the horizontal plane and is generally rectangular, that is, the top plate 321 of the seat body has four edges. The side edge of the top plate 321 of the seat body facing the traction device is called the lateral inner edge, and the side edge away from the traction device is called the lateral outer edge.
第二座体内侧板322与横向方向垂直,其顶部连接至上述座体顶板321中的横向内侧边缘。第二座体外侧板323与横向方向垂直,其顶部连接至上述座体顶板321中的横向外侧边缘。第二座体内侧板322和第二座体外侧板323之 间的横向距离大于侧梁2中部的横向宽度,以使侧梁2能够从第二座体内侧板322和第二座体外侧板323之间穿过。The inner side plate 322 of the second seat body is perpendicular to the transverse direction, and the top of the inner side plate 322 is connected to the inner side edge of the upper seat body 321. The second seat body outer plate 323 is perpendicular to the lateral direction, and its top is connected to the lateral outer edge of the seat body top plate 321. The lateral distance between the second seat inner plate 322 and the second seat outer plate 323 is greater than the lateral width of the middle part of the side beam 2, so that the side beam 2 can move from the second seat inner plate 322 and the second seat outer plate Passed between 323.
第一座体31主要包括:座体底板311和座体连接部312。其中,座体底板311与水平方向基本平行,其形状大致为矩形。座体连接部312的底端连接在座体底板311上,顶端用于与第二座体32相连。具体的,座体连接部312的数量为四个,两两对称设置在座体底板311的内外两侧边缘,且靠近顶角的位置。The first seat body 31 mainly includes: a seat body bottom plate 311 and a seat body connecting portion 312. Wherein, the base plate 311 of the seat body is substantially parallel to the horizontal direction, and its shape is substantially rectangular. The bottom end of the seat connecting portion 312 is connected to the seat bottom plate 311, and the top end is used to connect with the second seat 32. Specifically, the number of the base connecting portions 312 is four, which are arranged symmetrically on the inner and outer sides of the base bottom plate 311 of the base 311 and close to the top corners.
内外两侧对称的两个座体连接部312内表面之间的距离大于上述第二座体内侧板322和第二座体外侧板323外表面之间的距离,以使第二座体内侧板322和第二座体外侧板323能够插设在内外两侧对称的两个座体连接部312之间。The distance between the inner surfaces of the two seat body connecting parts 312 symmetrical on both sides of the inner and outer sides is greater than the distance between the outer surfaces of the second seat body inner plate 322 and the second seat body outer plate 323, so that the second seat body inner plate 322 and the second seat body outer plate 323 can be inserted between two seat body connecting portions 312 symmetrical on both sides of the inner and outer sides.
第一座体31与第二座体32之间的连接方式可以采用焊接、栓接等方式。本实施例采用栓接等方式进行连接,具体的,在第二座体内侧板322和第二座体外侧板323上分别开设螺栓孔,在座体连接部312上对应开设螺栓孔,采用座体连接螺栓331依次穿过座体连接部312上的螺栓孔和第二座体内侧板322(或第二座体外侧板323)上的螺栓孔后与座体连接螺母332进行固定,可参照图7中的装配中心线。The connection between the first seat body 31 and the second seat body 32 can be welding, bolting, or the like. In this embodiment, bolting is used for connection. Specifically, bolt holes are respectively provided on the second seat inner plate 322 and the second seat outer plate 323, and bolt holes are correspondingly opened on the seat connecting portion 312, and the seat body The connecting bolt 331 passes through the bolt hole on the seat body connecting portion 312 and the bolt hole on the second seat body inner plate 322 (or the second seat body outer plate 323) in turn, and then is fixed with the seat body connecting nut 332. Refer to the figure The assembly center line in 7.
采用上述座体连接螺栓331进行连接可适当设置必要数量的座体连接垫片333,以满足装配需要,达到装配标准。Using the above-mentioned seat body connecting bolts 331 for connection can appropriately set a necessary number of seat body connecting gaskets 333 to meet the assembly requirements and meet the assembly standards.
在第一座体31上可适当设置座体减重孔313,以减轻连接座3的重量,进而有利于减轻整个转向架的重量。A weight-reducing hole 313 may be appropriately provided on the first seat body 31 to reduce the weight of the connecting seat 3, thereby helping to reduce the weight of the entire bogie.
其次,对侧梁2的实现方式进行具体说明。图8为本申请实施例二提供的侧梁的结构示意图,图9为本申请实施例二提供的侧梁的二维侧视图。如图5、6、8和9所示,侧梁2为双层板结构,即:侧梁2包括:第一梁板21、第二梁板22和梁板缓冲件23。其中,第一梁板21和第二梁板22沿垂向方向依次布设,第二梁板22位于第一梁板21的上方。第一梁板21与第二梁板22之间 具有预设距离。梁板缓冲件23位于第一梁板21与第二梁板22之间,且处于第一梁板21的中部位置。Next, the implementation of the side beam 2 will be described in detail. FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of the side beam provided in the second embodiment of the application, and FIG. 9 is a two-dimensional side view of the side beam provided in the second embodiment of the application. As shown in FIGS. 5, 6, 8 and 9, the side beam 2 has a double-layer plate structure, that is, the side beam 2 includes a first beam plate 21, a second beam plate 22 and a beam plate buffer 23. Among them, the first beam plate 21 and the second beam plate 22 are arranged in the vertical direction in sequence, and the second beam plate 22 is located above the first beam plate 21. There is a preset distance between the first beam plate 21 and the second beam plate 22. The beam plate buffer 23 is located between the first beam plate 21 and the second beam plate 22 and at the middle of the first beam plate 21.
采用梁板缓冲件23能够对第一梁板21与第二梁板22之间的垂向力进行缓冲。采用这种结构的侧梁2能够提高垂向缓冲效果,使得车体的振动量更小,乘坐舒适度更好。或者,还可以取消传统转向架中的一系悬挂装置7,采用上述侧梁2就可以达到较好的缓冲效果。The use of the beam plate buffer 23 can buffer the vertical force between the first beam plate 21 and the second beam plate 22. The side beam 2 with this structure can improve the vertical cushioning effect, so that the vibration of the vehicle body is smaller and the ride comfort is better. Alternatively, the primary suspension device 7 in the traditional bogie can be eliminated, and the above-mentioned side beam 2 can achieve a better cushioning effect.
本实施例提供一种梁板缓冲件23的实现方式:该梁板缓冲件23可以采用具有一定弹性的材料制成,例如:梁板缓冲件23为板状的橡胶件,其形状与第一梁板21的形状匹配,其横向宽度与第一梁板21的中部宽度尺寸相匹配,其厚度和密度决定了缓冲效果。梁板缓冲件23的上表面与第二梁板22紧密贴设,下表面与第一梁板21紧密贴设。This embodiment provides an implementation of the beam-plate buffer 23: the beam-plate buffer 23 can be made of a material with a certain elasticity, for example: the beam-plate buffer 23 is a plate-shaped rubber piece, and its shape is similar to that of the first The shape of the beam plate 21 is matched, and its lateral width matches the width dimension of the middle part of the first beam plate 21, and its thickness and density determine the cushioning effect. The upper surface of the beam plate buffer 23 is closely attached to the second beam plate 22, and the lower surface is closely attached to the first beam plate 21.
当车体空载时,梁板缓冲件23的厚度为最大值,即:第一梁板21与第二梁板22之间的距离为最大值。当车体加载时,梁板缓冲件23受垂向力产生压缩,第二梁板22随之向下移动。第二梁板22与第一梁板21之间的距离随着车体载重的增大而减小,直至达到梁板缓冲件23的弹性极限时,第二梁板22与第一梁板21之间的距离也缩短至最小极限。采用上述梁板缓冲件23与侧梁配合的方式,使得侧梁在垂向方向上具有多级刚度,能够适应车体的不同载荷,达到较好的缓冲效果。When the vehicle body is empty, the thickness of the beam plate buffer 23 is the maximum value, that is, the distance between the first beam plate 21 and the second beam plate 22 is the maximum value. When the vehicle body is loaded, the beam plate buffer 23 is compressed by the vertical force, and the second beam plate 22 moves downward accordingly. The distance between the second beam plate 22 and the first beam plate 21 decreases as the load of the vehicle body increases, until the elastic limit of the beam plate buffer 23 is reached, the second beam plate 22 and the first beam plate 21 The distance between them is also shortened to the minimum limit. By adopting the above-mentioned method of mating the beam plate buffer 23 with the side beams, the side beams have multi-level stiffness in the vertical direction, which can adapt to different loads of the vehicle body and achieve a better buffer effect.
在轨道车辆运行过程中,车轮12的振动依次通过车轴11、轴箱13、第一梁板21、梁板缓冲件23、第二梁板22、连接座3、二系悬挂装置8传递给车体,梁板缓冲件23能够对振动进行缓冲,进而减小车体的振动,提高乘坐舒适性。During the operation of the rail vehicle, the vibration of the wheel 12 is transmitted to the vehicle through the axle 11, the axle box 13, the first beam plate 21, the beam plate buffer 23, the second beam plate 22, the connecting seat 3, and the secondary suspension device 8 in turn. Body, the beam plate buffer 23 can buffer the vibration, thereby reducing the vibration of the vehicle body, and improving the riding comfort.
图10为本申请实施例二提供的侧梁与连接座一种装配方式的爆炸视图,图11为本申请实施例二提供的侧梁与连接座一种装配方式的剖视图。如图10和图11所示,第二座体32中的第二座体内侧板322和第二座体外侧板323分别从侧梁2的两侧向下延伸至与第一座体31中的座体连接部312相连,将侧 梁2限制在第一座体31与第二座体32围成的区域内。FIG. 10 is an exploded view of an assembly method of the side beam and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application, and FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view of an assembly method of the side beam and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application. As shown in Figures 10 and 11, the second seat body inner plate 322 and the second seat body outer plate 323 in the second seat body 32 respectively extend downward from both sides of the side beam 2 to the first seat body 31. The seat body connecting portion 312 is connected to restrict the side beam 2 in the area enclosed by the first seat body 31 and the second seat body 32.
本实施例提供另一种梁板缓冲件23的实现方式:This embodiment provides another implementation of the beam plate buffer 23:
图12为本申请实施例二提供的侧梁与连接座另一种装配方式的爆炸视图,图13为本申请实施例二提供的侧梁与连接座另一种装配方式的剖视图一,图14为本申请实施例二提供的侧梁与连接座另一种装配方式的剖视图二。其中,图12中省略了连接座3中的第一座体31。如图12至图14所示,梁板缓冲件23可以采用金属材料或其它硬度较高的刚性材料制成,与连接座3相连。该梁板缓冲件23的尺寸和形状可以根据侧梁2中部的形状进行设定。FIG. 12 is an exploded view of another assembly method of the side beam and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application. FIG. 13 is a cross-sectional view 1 of another assembly method of the side beam and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application. FIG. 14 This is a second cross-sectional view of another assembly method of the side beam and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of this application. Among them, the first seat body 31 in the connecting seat 3 is omitted in FIG. 12. As shown in FIGS. 12 to 14, the beam plate buffer 23 can be made of metal material or other rigid materials with higher hardness, and is connected to the connecting seat 3. The size and shape of the beam plate buffer 23 can be set according to the shape of the middle of the side beam 2.
梁板缓冲件23与连接座3的连接方式可采用焊接、栓接、卡接、铆接等方式。本实施例采用螺接的方式,具体的,在第二座体内侧板322和第二座体外侧板323上对应开设螺栓孔,在梁板缓冲件23的横向两端面分别开设螺纹孔。采用缓冲件连接螺栓334穿过第二座体内侧板322(或第二座体外侧板323)上的螺栓孔后旋入梁板缓冲件23的螺纹孔内进行固定,如图12中的装配中心线。The connection method of the beam plate buffer 23 and the connecting seat 3 can be welding, bolting, clamping, riveting, and the like. In this embodiment, a screw connection is adopted. Specifically, bolt holes are correspondingly opened on the second seat inner plate 322 and the second seat outer plate 323, and threaded holes are respectively provided on the transverse end faces of the beam plate buffer 23. Use the buffer connecting bolt 334 to pass through the bolt hole on the second seat inner plate 322 (or the second seat outer plate 323) and then screw into the threaded hole of the beam plate buffer 23 for fixing, as shown in the assembly in Figure 12 Centerline.
梁板缓冲件23在连接座3上的连接位置可根据第二梁板22的厚度来设定,梁板缓冲件23的厚度可根据第一梁板21与第二梁板22之间的距离进行设定。梁板缓冲件23的上表面与第二梁板22的下表面始终保持接触,二者之间没有间隙。当转向架所受车体载重量为第一载重量时,梁板缓冲件23的下表面与第一梁板21的上表面之间具有第一缓冲间隙231。当第一载重量为空载时,第一缓冲间隙231的垂向高度最大,参照图13。当车体的载重量逐渐增大时,对连接座3和第二梁板22施加的垂向压力逐渐增大,连接座3、第二梁板22和梁板缓冲件23一同向下移动,第一缓冲间隙231的垂向高度逐渐减小。当转向架所受车体载重量为第二载重量时,梁板缓冲件23下降至与第一梁板21接触。第二载重量大于第一载重量,随着车体的载重量逐渐增大,梁板缓冲件23逐渐向下移动,直至与第二梁板21接触,参照图14。采用上述梁板缓冲件23与侧梁配合的方式,使得侧梁在垂向方向上具有多级刚度,能够适应车体的不 同载荷,达到较好的缓冲效果。The connection position of the beam plate buffer 23 on the connecting seat 3 can be set according to the thickness of the second beam plate 22, and the thickness of the beam plate buffer 23 can be set according to the distance between the first beam plate 21 and the second beam plate 22 Make settings. The upper surface of the beam plate buffer 23 and the lower surface of the second beam plate 22 are always in contact, and there is no gap between the two. When the body load received by the bogie is the first load, there is a first buffer gap 231 between the lower surface of the beam buffer 23 and the upper surface of the first beam 21. When the first load is empty, the vertical height of the first buffer gap 231 is the largest, refer to FIG. 13. When the load of the car body gradually increases, the vertical pressure applied to the connecting seat 3 and the second beam plate 22 gradually increases, and the connecting seat 3, the second beam plate 22 and the beam plate buffer 23 move downward together, The vertical height of the first buffer gap 231 gradually decreases. When the load of the car body received by the bogie is the second load, the beam plate buffer 23 is lowered to contact the first beam plate 21. The second load capacity is greater than the first load capacity. As the load capacity of the vehicle body gradually increases, the beam plate buffer 23 gradually moves downward until it contacts the second beam plate 21, refer to FIG. 14. By using the above-mentioned method of mating the beam-plate buffer 23 with the side beams, the side beams have multiple levels of stiffness in the vertical direction, which can adapt to different loads of the vehicle body and achieve a better buffer effect.
进一步的,第一梁板21和第二梁板22还可以采用碳纤维、玻璃纤维等纤维材料制成板状结构,使其弹性变形能力更好。本实施例中,第一梁板21和第二梁板22均为碳纤维板,当车体的载重量继续增大时,第一梁板21和第二梁板22自身能够发生弹性变形,进一步提高缓冲效果。而且,采用纤维材料制成的侧梁的重量较轻,有利于减轻转向架的重量。Further, the first beam plate 21 and the second beam plate 22 can also be made of fiber materials such as carbon fiber and glass fiber to make a plate-like structure, so that the elastic deformation ability is better. In this embodiment, the first beam plate 21 and the second beam plate 22 are both carbon fiber plates. When the load of the car body continues to increase, the first beam plate 21 and the second beam plate 22 themselves can be elastically deformed, and further Improve the buffering effect. Moreover, the side beams made of fiber materials are lighter, which is beneficial to reduce the weight of the bogie.
上述第一梁板21的横向宽度呈中间宽两端窄,垂向厚度呈中间厚两端薄,第一梁板21的中部向下凹陷形成鱼腹状,提高中部的强度。第二梁板22的横向宽度呈中间宽两端窄,垂向厚度呈中间厚两端薄,第二梁板22的中部向下凹陷形成鱼腹状,提高中部的强度。The horizontal width of the first beam plate 21 is wide in the middle and narrow at both ends, and the vertical thickness is thick in the middle and thin at the ends. The middle of the first beam 21 is recessed downward to form a fish belly, which improves the strength of the middle. The horizontal width of the second beam 22 is wide in the middle and narrow at both ends, and the vertical thickness is thick in the middle and thin at both ends. The middle of the second beam 22 is recessed downward to form a fish belly, which improves the strength of the middle.
上述侧梁2与连接座3的装配方式可以采用多种方式,二者之间可以固定连接,也可以活动连接。本实施例提供一种具体的连接方式:如图8、9、10、12所示,在第二梁板22的上表面设置向上延伸的侧梁连接销24。如图3、4、7所示,对应在连接座3的顶部(具体是在座体顶板321)开设侧梁连接孔3211。侧梁连接销24向上穿过侧梁连接孔3211内,用于限制侧梁2水平移动,参照图6、11、13、14。The above-mentioned side beam 2 and the connecting seat 3 can be assembled in a variety of ways, and the two can be fixedly connected or movably connected. This embodiment provides a specific connection method: as shown in FIGS. 8, 9, 10 and 12, a side beam connecting pin 24 extending upward is provided on the upper surface of the second beam plate 22. As shown in FIGS. 3, 4, and 7, a side beam connecting hole 3211 is correspondingly opened on the top of the connecting seat 3 (specifically, on the top plate 321 of the seat body). The side beam connecting pin 24 passes upward through the side beam connecting hole 3211 to limit the horizontal movement of the side beam 2, refer to FIGS. 6, 11, 13, and 14.
至于二系悬挂装置8与连接座3相连的方式,可以在上述实现方式的基础上进行设定:在二系悬挂装置8的底部开设二系连接孔。上述侧梁连接销24向上穿过连接座3后,插设在二系连接孔内,用于限制二系悬挂装置8水平移动,参照图5、10、11、13、14。图13和图14为了突出各部件的连接关系,对二系悬挂装置8的结构进行了简化。As for the manner in which the secondary suspension device 8 is connected to the connecting base 3, it can be set on the basis of the foregoing implementation manner: a secondary connection hole is opened at the bottom of the secondary suspension device 8. After the above-mentioned side beam connecting pin 24 passes through the connecting seat 3 upwards, it is inserted into the secondary connecting hole for restricting the horizontal movement of the secondary suspension device 8. Refer to FIGS. 5, 10, 11, 13 and 14. Figures 13 and 14 simplify the structure of the secondary suspension device 8 in order to highlight the connection relationship between the components.
上述侧梁连接销24的底端可以固定在第二梁板22的上表面,其顶端为自由端。The bottom end of the side beam connecting pin 24 can be fixed to the upper surface of the second beam plate 22, and the top end is a free end.
或者,侧梁连接销24的顶端和底端均为活动端。在侧梁2上开设盲孔,侧梁连接销24的底端插设在该盲孔内,顶端向上穿过连接座3,再插入二系悬挂装置8中。Alternatively, the top and bottom ends of the side beam connecting pin 24 are both movable ends. A blind hole is opened on the side beam 2, the bottom end of the side beam connecting pin 24 is inserted into the blind hole, and the top end passes through the connecting seat 3 upward, and then is inserted into the secondary suspension device 8.
或者,侧梁连接销24的顶端固定在二系悬挂装置8的底端,侧梁连接销24的底端向下穿过连接座3,再插入侧梁2开设的盲孔内。Alternatively, the top end of the side beam connecting pin 24 is fixed to the bottom end of the secondary suspension device 8, and the bottom end of the side beam connecting pin 24 penetrates the connecting seat 3 downwards, and then is inserted into the blind hole of the side beam 2.
再或者,在连接座3中座体顶板321的上下表面各设有连接销,设置在上表面的连接销向上插入二系悬挂装置8内,设置在下表面的连接销向下插入侧梁2的盲孔内。Or alternatively, the upper and lower surfaces of the seat top plate 321 in the connecting seat 3 are respectively provided with connecting pins, the connecting pins arranged on the upper surface are inserted upwards into the secondary suspension device 8, and the connecting pins arranged on the lower surface are inserted downwards into the side beam 2 Inside the blind hole.
上述二系悬挂装置8可以为钢弹簧、空气弹簧、橡胶堆等本领域常用的结构,或者也可以采用本实施例所提供的结构:图15为本申请实施例二提供的二系悬挂装置的结构示意图,图16为本申请实施例二提供的二系悬挂装置的剖视图。如图5、10、11、15、16所示,二系悬挂装置8包括:交替层叠设置的二系刚性支撑层81和二系弹性缓冲层82,二系刚性支撑层81位于最外侧。位于顶端的二系刚性支撑层81与车体接触,位于底端的二系刚性支撑层81与连接座3接触。其中,二系刚性支撑层81可采用刚性材料制成,主要起支撑作用,保持二系悬挂装置8整体的形状基本保持不变。二系弹性缓冲层82可采用弹性材料制成,能够发生弹性变形,以对车体与连接座之间的垂向力进行缓冲。例如:二系刚性支撑层81可以材料金属材料制成金属层,二系弹性缓冲层82可采用橡胶制成橡胶层。各二系刚性支撑层81和二系弹性缓冲层82采用硫化的方式固定形成一个整体。The above-mentioned secondary suspension device 8 may be a structure commonly used in the art such as steel springs, air springs, and rubber stacks, or may also adopt the structure provided in this embodiment: FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of the secondary suspension device provided in the second embodiment of the application. A schematic structural diagram. FIG. 16 is a cross-sectional view of the secondary suspension device provided in the second embodiment of the application. As shown in Figures 5, 10, 11, 15, and 16, the secondary suspension device 8 includes a secondary rigid support layer 81 and a secondary elastic buffer layer 82 alternately stacked, and the secondary rigid support layer 81 is located at the outermost side. The secondary rigid support layer 81 at the top is in contact with the vehicle body, and the secondary rigid support layer 81 at the bottom is in contact with the connecting seat 3. Among them, the secondary rigid support layer 81 can be made of rigid materials, which mainly play a supporting role, keeping the overall shape of the secondary suspension device 8 basically unchanged. The secondary elastic buffer layer 82 can be made of elastic material and can be elastically deformed to buffer the vertical force between the vehicle body and the connecting seat. For example, the secondary rigid support layer 81 can be made of a metal material, and the secondary elastic buffer layer 82 can be made of rubber. Each secondary rigid support layer 81 and secondary elastic buffer layer 82 are fixed by vulcanization to form a whole.
具体的,二系刚性支撑层81的数量为三个,三个二系刚性支撑层81平行设置。二系弹性缓冲层82的数量为两个,分别设置在相邻的两个二系刚性支撑层81之间。沿着从位于外侧的二系刚性支撑层81向位于内侧的二系刚性支撑层81的方向,二系弹性缓冲层82的横截面积逐渐减小。从图上看,二系弹性缓冲层82的形状呈碗状,两个二系弹性缓冲层82组合形成沙漏型结构。Specifically, the number of secondary rigid support layers 81 is three, and the three secondary rigid support layers 81 are arranged in parallel. The number of secondary elastic buffer layers 82 is two, which are respectively arranged between two adjacent secondary rigid support layers 81. Along the direction from the secondary rigid support layer 81 located on the outer side to the secondary rigid support layer 81 located on the inner side, the cross-sectional area of the secondary elastic buffer layer 82 gradually decreases. From the figure, the shape of the secondary elastic buffer layer 82 is bowl-shaped, and the two secondary elastic buffer layers 82 are combined to form an hourglass structure.
在底部的二系刚性支撑层81上开设二系连接孔83,一直开设到下面的二系弹性缓冲层82内部,供侧梁连接销24穿入。A secondary connecting hole 83 is opened on the secondary rigid support layer 81 at the bottom, which is opened to the inside of the secondary elastic buffer layer 82 below, for the side beam connecting pins 24 to penetrate.
下面对一系悬挂装置7的实现方式进行详细说明:The implementation of the primary suspension device 7 is described in detail below:
一系悬挂装置7设置在轴箱13与侧梁2之间,可采用钢弹簧、橡胶簧等本领域已有的结构,或者也可以采用如下实现方式。The primary suspension device 7 is arranged between the axle box 13 and the side beam 2, and can adopt existing structures in the art such as steel springs, rubber springs, etc., or can also adopt the following implementation methods.
图17为本申请实施例二提供的一系悬挂装置的结构示意图,图18为本申请实施例二提供的一系悬挂装置的剖视图,图19为本申请实施例二提供的一系悬挂装置与侧梁装配的剖视图,图20为图19中A区域的放大视图,图21为本申请实施例二提供的一系悬挂装置与侧梁装配的爆炸视图。FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a series of suspension devices provided in Embodiment 2 of this application, FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view of a series of suspension devices provided in Embodiment 2 of this application, and FIG. 19 is a schematic view of a series of suspension devices provided in Embodiment 2 of this application and Fig. 20 is an enlarged view of area A in Fig. 19, and Fig. 21 is an exploded view of the assembly of a series of suspension devices and side beams provided in the second embodiment of the application.
如图17至图21所示,一系悬挂装置7包括:第一悬挂组件71和第二悬挂组件72两部分。其中,第一悬挂组件71设置在第一梁板21与第二梁板22之间,用于对第二梁板22进行支撑,以及对第一梁板21与第二梁板22之间的垂向力进行缓冲,第二悬挂组件71设置在第一梁板21与轴箱13之间,用于对第一梁板21进行支撑,以及对第一梁板21与轴箱13之间的垂向力进行缓冲。As shown in Figs. 17-21, the primary suspension device 7 includes two parts: a first suspension assembly 71 and a second suspension assembly 72. Wherein, the first suspension assembly 71 is arranged between the first beam plate 21 and the second beam plate 22, and is used to support the second beam plate 22 and to support the gap between the first beam plate 21 and the second beam plate 22. The vertical force is buffered, and the second suspension assembly 71 is arranged between the first beam plate 21 and the axle box 13 to support the first beam plate 21 and the gap between the first beam plate 21 and the axle box 13 The vertical force is buffered.
第一悬挂组件71和第二悬挂组件72可以采用弹簧、橡胶件等具有一定弹力的结构。或者,可采用本实施例提供的如下方式:The first suspension component 71 and the second suspension component 72 may adopt a structure with a certain elasticity, such as a spring or a rubber member. Alternatively, the following methods provided in this embodiment can be used:
其中,第一悬挂组件71包括:交替层叠设置的一系刚性支撑层701和一系弹性缓冲层702。一系刚性支撑层701位于最外侧。位于顶端的一系刚性支撑层701与第二梁板22接触,位于底端的一系刚性支撑层701与第一梁板21接触。一系刚性支撑层701可采用刚性材料制成,主要起支撑作用,保持第一悬挂组件71整体的形状基本保持不变。一系弹性缓冲层702可采用弹性材料制成,能够发生弹性变形,以对第一梁板21与第二梁板22之间的垂向力进行缓冲。例如:一系刚性支撑层701可以采用金属材料制成金属层,一系弹性缓冲层702可采用橡胶制成橡胶层。各一系刚性支撑层701和一系弹性缓冲层702采用硫化的方式固定形成一个整体。The first suspension assembly 71 includes a series of rigid support layers 701 and a series of elastic buffer layers 702 alternately stacked. A series of rigid support layers 701 are located on the outermost side. A series of rigid support layers 701 at the top end is in contact with the second beam plate 22, and a series of rigid support layers 701 at the bottom end is in contact with the first beam plate 21. The first series of rigid support layers 701 can be made of rigid materials, which mainly play a supporting role and keep the overall shape of the first suspension assembly 71 basically unchanged. The first elastic buffer layer 702 can be made of elastic material and can be elastically deformed to buffer the vertical force between the first beam plate 21 and the second beam plate 22. For example, the first series of rigid support layer 701 can be made of metal material, and the first series of elastic buffer layer 702 can be made of rubber. Each of a series of rigid support layer 701 and a series of elastic buffer layer 702 is fixed by vulcanization to form a whole.
最外侧的两个一系刚性支撑层701上设置有一系定位孔703。对应在第二梁板22的底面和第一梁板21的顶面均设置有可对应穿入一系定位孔的一系定位销25。通过将一系定位销25插入一系定位孔703内实现定位,避免各梁板 与第一悬挂组件71在横向或纵向方向上产生相对移动。A series of positioning holes 703 are provided on the two outermost rigid support layers 701. Correspondingly, a series of positioning pins 25 are provided on the bottom surface of the second beam plate 22 and the top surface of the first beam plate 21 corresponding to a series of positioning holes. The positioning is achieved by inserting a series of positioning pins 25 into a series of positioning holes 703 to avoid relative movement of the beams and the first suspension assembly 71 in the transverse or longitudinal direction.
具体的,第一悬挂组件71包括三个一系刚性支撑层701和两个一系弹性缓冲层702。三个一系刚性支撑层701平行,两个一系弹性缓冲层702分别设置在相邻的两个一系刚性支撑层701之间。位于顶层的一系刚性支撑层701上设置有一系定位孔703,供设置在第二梁板22底面的一系定位销25插入。位于底层的一系刚性支撑层701上也设置有一系定位孔703,供设置在第一梁板21顶面的一系定位销25插入,以使第一悬挂组件71与侧梁2之间在水平方向不会产生相对移动。Specifically, the first suspension assembly 71 includes three primary rigid support layers 701 and two primary elastic buffer layers 702. Three primary rigid support layers 701 are parallel, and two primary elastic buffer layers 702 are respectively disposed between two adjacent primary rigid support layers 701. A series of positioning holes 703 are provided on a series of rigid support layer 701 on the top layer for insertion of a series of positioning pins 25 arranged on the bottom surface of the second beam plate 22. A series of positioning holes 703 are also provided on a series of rigid support layer 701 located at the bottom layer for insertion of a series of positioning pins 25 arranged on the top surface of the first beam plate 21, so that the first suspension assembly 71 and the side beam 2 are between There is no relative movement in the horizontal direction.
第二悬挂组件72包括:两个一系刚性支撑基层704、以及位于两个一系刚性支撑基层704之间且交替层叠设置的一系刚性支撑层701和一系弹性缓冲层702,一系弹性缓冲层702与一系刚性支撑基层704接触。第二悬挂组件72中的一系刚性支撑层701和一系弹性缓冲层702的实现方式可参照上述第一悬挂组件71中的对应结构。一系刚性支撑基层704也采用刚性材料制成,起到支撑和保持形状的作用,例如采用金属材料制成金属层,与其它一系刚性支撑层701和一系弹性缓冲层702采用硫化工艺形成为一体结构。The second suspension assembly 72 includes: two primary rigid support base layers 704, and a series of rigid support layers 701 and a series of elastic buffer layers 702 arranged alternately between the two primary rigid support base layers 704, and a series of elastic The buffer layer 702 is in contact with a series of rigid support base layers 704. The implementation of the rigid support layer 701 and the elastic buffer layer 702 in the second suspension assembly 72 can refer to the corresponding structure in the first suspension assembly 71 described above. The first series of rigid support base layer 704 is also made of rigid materials to support and maintain the shape. For example, the metal layer is made of metal materials, and the other series of rigid support layers 701 and the first series of elastic buffer layers 702 are formed by a vulcanization process. As a one-piece structure.
两个一系刚性支撑基层704上均设有一系定位孔703。对应在第一梁板21的底面和轴箱13的顶部均设有可对应穿入一系定位孔703内的一系定位销25。A series of positioning holes 703 are provided on the two series of rigid support base layers 704. Correspondingly, a series of positioning pins 25 which can correspondingly penetrate into a series of positioning holes 703 are provided on the bottom surface of the first beam plate 21 and the top of the axle box 13.
具体的,两个一系刚性支撑基层704平行,且位于最外侧。一系刚性支撑层701的数量为三个,一系弹性缓冲层702的数量为四个,一系刚性支撑层701与一系弹性缓冲层702交替层叠设置。一系弹性缓冲层702与一系刚性支撑基层704相邻。位于顶层的一系刚性支撑基层704上设有一系定位孔703,供设置在第一梁板21底面的一系定位销25插入。位于底层的一系刚性支撑基层704上也设有一系定位孔703,供设置在轴箱13顶部的一系定位销25插入,以使第二悬挂组件72与侧梁2和轴箱13之间在水平方向不会产生相对移动。Specifically, the two primary rigid support base layers 704 are parallel and located on the outermost side. The number of rigid support layers 701 is three, the number of elastic buffer layers 702 is four, and the number of rigid support layers 701 and the elastic buffer layers 702 are alternately stacked. A series of elastic buffer layer 702 is adjacent to a series of rigid support base layer 704. A series of positioning holes 703 are provided on a series of rigid support base layer 704 on the top layer for insertion of a series of positioning pins 25 arranged on the bottom surface of the first beam plate 21. A series of positioning holes 703 are also provided on a series of rigid support base layer 704 on the bottom layer for insertion of a series of positioning pins 25 arranged on the top of the axle box 13 so that the second suspension assembly 72 is between the side beam 2 and the axle box 13 There is no relative movement in the horizontal direction.
上述一系刚性支撑层701的厚度小于一系弹性缓冲层702的厚度,一系刚性支撑基层704的厚度介于一系刚性支撑层701和一系弹性缓冲层702的厚度 之间。The thickness of the aforementioned rigid support layer 701 is smaller than the thickness of the elastic buffer layer 702, and the thickness of the rigid support base layer 704 is between the thickness of the rigid support layer 701 and the elastic buffer layer 702.
上述一系悬挂装置7与侧梁2、轴箱13之间的装配,也可以采用其它的方式,例如:在侧梁2和轴箱13上开设定位孔,对应在一系悬挂装置7上设置定位销,分别穿入侧梁2和轴箱13上的定位孔内。The above-mentioned primary suspension device 7 and the side beam 2 and the axle box 13 can be assembled in other ways. For example, positioning holes are provided on the side beam 2 and the axle box 13, corresponding to the primary suspension device 7. The positioning pins penetrate into the positioning holes on the side beam 2 and the axle box 13 respectively.
本领域技术人员也可以对上述一系悬挂装置7进行适当的改进,以使其适用于不同型号的转向架。Those skilled in the art can also make appropriate improvements to the above-mentioned primary suspension device 7 to make it suitable for different types of bogies.
下面对牵引装置4的实现方式进行详细说明:The implementation of the traction device 4 will be described in detail below:
牵引装置4连接在两个连接座3之间,牵引装置4的顶端还与车体相连,用于向车体提供牵引力或制动力。The traction device 4 is connected between the two connecting seats 3, and the top end of the traction device 4 is also connected to the vehicle body for providing traction or braking force to the vehicle body.
本实施例提供一种牵引装置4的实现方式:This embodiment provides an implementation manner of the traction device 4:
图22为本申请实施例二提供的一种牵引装置与连接座和侧梁装配的结构示意图,图23为本申请实施例二提供的一种牵引装置的结构示意图,图24为本申请实施例二提供的一种牵引装置的爆炸视图。如图22至图24所示,牵引装置包括:牵引梁41、牵引销42和牵引缓冲件43。其中,牵引梁41的两端分别与对应端的连接座3相连。牵引销42的顶端与车体相连,底端与牵引梁41具有装配关系,牵引缓冲件43设置在牵引梁41与牵引销42之间。FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a traction device provided in the second embodiment of the application, assembling a connecting seat and a side beam, FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a traction device provided in a second embodiment of the application, and FIG. 24 is an embodiment of the application 2. An exploded view of a traction device provided. As shown in FIGS. 22-24, the traction device includes: a traction beam 41, a traction pin 42 and a traction buffer 43. Among them, the two ends of the traction beam 41 are respectively connected to the connecting seat 3 of the corresponding end. The top end of the traction pin 42 is connected with the vehicle body, the bottom end has an assembly relationship with the traction beam 41, and the traction buffer 43 is arranged between the traction beam 41 and the traction pin 42.
牵引销42可参照已有技术中常用的结构,其顶端与车体相连,底端与牵引梁41配合,以使转向架的纵向力能够通过牵引梁41传递给牵引销42,再传递给车体。The traction pin 42 can refer to the structure commonly used in the prior art. Its top end is connected with the car body, and the bottom end is matched with the traction beam 41, so that the longitudinal force of the bogie can be transmitted to the traction pin 42 through the traction beam 41, and then to the car. body.
本实施例中,牵引销42的顶端设有车体安装部421,车体安装部421上设置有车体连接孔422,通过该车体连接孔422与螺栓配合连接至车体的底部。从牵引销42顶端分别向纵向方向延伸,形成四个车体安装部421,每个车体安装部421上均设有两个车体连接孔422。In this embodiment, the top end of the traction pin 42 is provided with a vehicle body mounting portion 421, and the vehicle body mounting portion 421 is provided with a vehicle body connection hole 422 through which the vehicle body connection hole 422 is connected to the bottom of the vehicle body in cooperation with bolts. Extending from the top end of the traction pin 42 in the longitudinal direction respectively, four vehicle body mounting portions 421 are formed, and each vehicle body mounting portion 421 is provided with two vehicle body connecting holes 422.
图25为本申请实施例二提供的一种牵引装置中牵引梁的结构示意图。如图23至图25所示,牵引梁41为框形结构,将与纵向方向平行的框边称为纵 向框411,将与横向方向平行的框边称为横向框412。纵向框411和横向框412之间通过平滑的圆角过渡,以使牵引梁41的水平截面呈圆角矩形。牵引梁41为内部中空的箱型结构。FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of a traction beam in a traction device provided in Embodiment 2 of the application. As shown in Figs. 23 to 25, the traction beam 41 has a frame structure. The frame side parallel to the longitudinal direction is called a vertical frame 411, and the frame side parallel to the lateral direction is called a horizontal frame 412. The vertical frame 411 and the horizontal frame 412 are smoothly rounded transitions, so that the horizontal section of the traction beam 41 is a rounded rectangle. The traction beam 41 is a box-shaped structure with a hollow inside.
牵引销42的底端位于牵引梁41围设的区域内,牵引缓冲件43也设置在该区域内且位于牵引销42与牵引梁41的内壁之间。具体的,牵引缓冲件43的数量为两个,分别设置在牵引销42的纵向两侧与对应的横向框412之间。牵引缓冲件43能够对牵引梁41与牵引销42之间的纵向力进行缓冲,避免二者之间产生直接的刚性撞击和摩擦。The bottom end of the traction pin 42 is located in the area enclosed by the traction beam 41, and the traction buffer 43 is also arranged in this area and between the traction pin 42 and the inner wall of the traction beam 41. Specifically, the number of the traction buffer 43 is two, which are respectively arranged between the two longitudinal sides of the traction pin 42 and the corresponding horizontal frame 412. The traction buffer 43 can buffer the longitudinal force between the traction beam 41 and the traction pin 42 to avoid direct rigid impact and friction between the two.
牵引缓冲件43可采用已有技术中常用的结构,或者,也可以采用如图24所示的结构。如图24所示,牵引缓冲件43包括:围挡板431、牵引缓冲组件432和牵引缓冲连接螺栓434。The traction buffer 43 may adopt a structure commonly used in the prior art, or may also adopt a structure as shown in FIG. 24. As shown in FIG. 24, the traction buffer 43 includes: an enclosure 431, a traction buffer assembly 432 and a traction buffer connection bolt 434.
其中,围挡板431围设在牵引销42下部的外侧,与牵引销42之间无间隙。围挡板431为由四块平挡板组成,其形状可以与牵引销42的底部相匹配,即:为水平截面为矩形的筒状结构。Wherein, the baffle plate 431 is arranged on the outer side of the lower part of the traction pin 42 without a gap with the traction pin 42. The enclosure baffle 431 is composed of four flat baffles, and its shape can be matched with the bottom of the traction pin 42, that is, a cylindrical structure with a rectangular horizontal section.
牵引缓冲组件432设置在围挡板431的纵向端面,即:牵引缓冲组件432位于围挡板431与横向框412之间。采用牵引缓冲连接螺栓434将牵引缓冲组件432与横向框412固定在一起。具体的,在横向框412上开设框边连接孔4121,框边连接孔4121的中心线沿纵向方向延伸。在牵引缓冲组件432上对应开设供牵引缓冲连接螺栓434的螺栓孔,牵引缓冲连接螺栓434从横向框412的外侧依次穿过框边连接孔4121和牵引缓冲组件432上的螺栓孔,再与相应的螺母连接,以将牵引缓冲组件432固定在横向框412上。The traction buffer assembly 432 is disposed on the longitudinal end surface of the enclosure baffle 431, that is, the traction buffer assembly 432 is located between the enclosure baffle 431 and the horizontal frame 412. The traction buffer connection bolt 434 is used to fix the traction buffer assembly 432 and the transverse frame 412 together. Specifically, a frame edge connecting hole 4121 is provided on the horizontal frame 412, and the center line of the frame edge connecting hole 4121 extends in the longitudinal direction. The traction buffer assembly 432 is provided with bolt holes corresponding to the traction buffer connection bolts 434. The traction buffer connection bolts 434 pass through the frame edge connection holes 4121 and the bolt holes on the traction buffer assembly 432 from the outside of the transverse frame 412, and then connect with the corresponding bolt holes. The nut is connected to fix the traction buffer assembly 432 on the lateral frame 412.
牵引缓冲组件432与围挡板431之间直接接触,且位于围挡板431与横向框412之间,用于对二者之间的纵向力进行缓冲。The traction buffer assembly 432 is in direct contact with the enclosure baffle 431, and is located between the enclosure baffle 431 and the horizontal frame 412, and is used to buffer the longitudinal force between the two.
进一步的,牵引缓冲件43还包括:牵引缓冲调整垫片435,设置在牵引缓冲组件432与横向框412之间。牵引缓冲调整垫片435的数量可以为一个、两个或三个以上,用于调节牵引缓冲组件432与横向框412之间的距离。由于各 部件的实际尺寸与设计尺寸之间会有一定的差异,在横向框412与牵引缓冲组件432之间设置若干个牵引缓冲调整垫片435,使得牵引缓冲件43与牵引销42之间的距离满足设计要求。牵引缓冲调整垫片435的数量可根据牵引缓冲组件432与横向框412之间的距离进行设定。Further, the traction buffer 43 further includes: a traction buffer adjustment pad 435 arranged between the traction buffer assembly 432 and the transverse frame 412. The number of traction buffer adjustment pads 435 can be one, two, or more than three for adjusting the distance between the traction buffer assembly 432 and the lateral frame 412. Due to the difference between the actual size and the design size of each component, a number of traction buffer adjustment pads 435 are arranged between the transverse frame 412 and the traction buffer assembly 432, so that the distance between the traction buffer 43 and the traction pin 42 The distance meets the design requirements. The number of traction buffer adjustment pads 435 can be set according to the distance between the traction buffer assembly 432 and the lateral frame 412.
牵引缓冲调整垫片435可以预先连接在牵引缓冲组件432与横向框412之间,也可以在整个牵引缓冲件43装配好之后再装配牵引缓冲调整垫片435。图26为图24中B区域的放大视图。如图26所示,本实施例中,在牵引缓冲调整垫片435上设置可容纳牵引缓冲连接螺栓434的垫片开口4351,该垫片开口4351的数量为两个,对称分布在牵引缓冲调整垫片435的两端。在应用过程中,将垫片开口4351朝下插入横向框412与牵引缓冲组件432之间,牵引缓冲连接螺栓434容纳于垫片开口4351中可限制牵引缓冲调整垫片435横向移动。The traction buffer adjustment shim 435 may be pre-connected between the traction buffer assembly 432 and the lateral frame 412, or the traction buffer adjustment shim 435 may be assembled after the entire traction buffer 43 is assembled. Fig. 26 is an enlarged view of area B in Fig. 24. As shown in FIG. 26, in this embodiment, the traction buffer adjustment washer 435 is provided with a gasket opening 4351 that can accommodate the traction buffer connecting bolt 434. The number of the gasket opening 4351 is two, which are symmetrically distributed in the traction buffer adjustment Both ends of the gasket 435. During the application process, the shim opening 4351 is inserted downward between the transverse frame 412 and the traction buffer assembly 432, and the traction buffer connecting bolt 434 is accommodated in the shim opening 4351 to restrict the lateral movement of the traction buffer adjustment shim 435.
牵引缓冲组件432的功能是对围挡板431和横向框412之间的纵向力进行缓冲,其可以采用具有一定弹性力的材料制成弹性结构。本实施例提供一种牵引缓冲组件432的实现方式:图27为本申请实施例二提供的一种牵引装置中牵引缓冲组件的爆炸视图。如图27所示,牵引缓冲组件432包括:沿纵向方向依次布置的第一金属连接件4321、橡胶连接件4322、第二金属连接件4323和第三金属连接件4324。The function of the traction buffer assembly 432 is to buffer the longitudinal force between the baffle 431 and the horizontal frame 412, and it can be made of a material with a certain elastic force to make an elastic structure. This embodiment provides an implementation of the traction buffer assembly 432: FIG. 27 is an exploded view of the traction buffer assembly in the traction device provided in the second embodiment of the application. As shown in FIG. 27, the traction buffer assembly 432 includes: a first metal connection piece 4321, a rubber connection piece 4322, a second metal connection piece 4323, and a third metal connection piece 4324 that are sequentially arranged along the longitudinal direction.
其中,第一金属连接件4321上设置有螺栓孔,可通过牵引缓冲连接螺栓434与横向框412相连。第二金属连接件4323和第三金属连接件4324上对应设置有螺栓孔,可通过螺栓将二者固定在一起,并与围挡板431接触。橡胶连接件4322位于第一金属连接件4321和第二金属连接件4323之间,通过硫化的方式固定在一起。Wherein, the first metal connecting member 4321 is provided with a bolt hole, which can be connected to the horizontal frame 412 by pulling the buffer connecting bolt 434. The second metal connecting piece 4323 and the third metal connecting piece 4324 are correspondingly provided with bolt holes, and the two can be fixed together by bolts and contact the enclosure 431. The rubber connecting piece 4322 is located between the first metal connecting piece 4321 and the second metal connecting piece 4323, and is fixed together by vulcanization.
上述牵引装置4与连接座3相连的方式可以采用如下方式:如图24和图25所示,采用牵引连接销44连接牵引梁41与连接座3。具体的,牵引连接销44的一端连接在牵引梁41的纵向框411上,例如连接至纵向框411的中部。牵引连接销44的另一端插入连接座3内侧面的牵引梁安装孔34(如图4)内。 通过牵引连接销44与牵引梁安装孔34之间的纵向作用力,实现连接座3与牵引装置4之间纵向力的传递。The above-mentioned way of connecting the traction device 4 and the connecting seat 3 can be as follows: as shown in FIGS. 24 and 25, a traction connecting pin 44 is used to connect the traction beam 41 and the connecting seat 3. Specifically, one end of the traction connecting pin 44 is connected to the longitudinal frame 411 of the traction beam 41, for example, to the middle of the longitudinal frame 411. The other end of the traction connecting pin 44 is inserted into the traction beam mounting hole 34 (as shown in FIG. 4) on the inner side of the connecting seat 3. Through the longitudinal force between the traction connecting pin 44 and the traction beam mounting hole 34, the transmission of the longitudinal force between the connecting seat 3 and the traction device 4 is realized.
进一步的,还可以采用牵引连接螺栓45将纵向框411和连接座3连接在一起,使二者之间的相对位置保持固定。Further, a traction connecting bolt 45 can also be used to connect the longitudinal frame 411 and the connecting seat 3 together to keep the relative position between the two fixed.
具体的,如图4所示,在连接座3的第二座体内侧板322上设置向内凸出的牵引梁连接套3221,牵引梁连接套3221内设置有中心线沿横向方向延伸的牵引梁安装孔34。牵引连接螺栓45插设在该牵引梁安装孔34内。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 4, a traction beam connecting sleeve 3221 protruding inward is provided on the inner side plate 322 of the second seat body of the connecting seat 3, and the traction beam connecting sleeve 3221 is provided with a traction beam extending in the transverse direction. Beam mounting hole 34. The traction connecting bolt 45 is inserted into the traction beam installation hole 34.
如图25所示,在牵引梁41的纵向框411的中部开设有牵引螺栓连接孔4111。对应的,如图28和图29所示,可以在牵引梁连接套3221的端部向外扩展出连接凸缘3222,在连接凸缘3222上设置螺栓孔(图4中未展示出连接凸缘)。采用牵引连接螺栓45依次穿过纵向框411和连接凸缘4222后与相应的牵引连接螺母配合固定。As shown in FIG. 25, a traction bolt connection hole 4111 is opened in the middle of the longitudinal frame 411 of the traction beam 41. Correspondingly, as shown in Figure 28 and Figure 29, a connecting flange 3222 can be expanded outward at the end of the traction beam connecting sleeve 3221, and a bolt hole can be provided on the connecting flange 3222 (the connecting flange is not shown in Figure 4 ). The traction connecting bolt 45 is used to pass through the longitudinal frame 411 and the connecting flange 4222 in sequence, and then fit and fix the corresponding traction connecting nut.
一侧的纵向框411通过四个牵引连接螺栓45进行连接,该连接方式为刚性连接,即:连接座3与牵引装置4之间的相对位置不可变。The longitudinal frame 411 on one side is connected by four traction connecting bolts 45. The connection method is a rigid connection, that is, the relative position between the connecting seat 3 and the traction device 4 is not changeable.
本实施例还提供另外一种连接方式,能够实现连接座3与牵引装置4之间为柔性连接,进而拓宽转向架对各种路面的适应范围。当一根轨道上出现小幅度的垂向鼓包或凹陷时,对应侧的车轮行驶在鼓包或凹陷位置处,带动连接座3产生小幅度的抬高或降低。由于连接座3与牵引装置4之间为柔性连接,因此,连接座3的小幅度移动并不会传递给牵引装置4,以保证牵引装置4的垂向高度基本保持不变,进而提高车体的稳定性,提高乘坐舒适性。This embodiment also provides another connection method, which can realize a flexible connection between the connecting seat 3 and the traction device 4, thereby broadening the scope of the bogie for various road surfaces. When a small vertical bulge or depression appears on a track, the wheel on the corresponding side travels at the position of the bulge or depression, driving the connecting seat 3 to raise or lower in a small amplitude. Since the connecting seat 3 and the traction device 4 are connected flexibly, the small movement of the connecting seat 3 will not be transmitted to the traction device 4 to ensure that the vertical height of the traction device 4 remains basically unchanged, thereby improving the car body The stability improves the ride comfort.
图30为本申请实施例二提供的一种牵引装置与连接座采用另一种装配方式进行装配的爆炸视图,图31为本申请实施例二提供的一种牵引装置与连接座采用另一种装配方式进行装配的剖视图,图32为图31中D区域的放大视图。如图23、图30至图32所示,采用牵引缓冲连接套46套设在牵引连接销44的外部,且压设在牵引连接销44与连接座3上的牵引梁安装孔34的内壁之间,不但实现连接座3与牵引装置4之间能够传递纵向力,而且也使得二者之间的 横向相对位置保持固定。另外,牵引缓冲连接套46自身能够发生弹性变形,弹性变形的方向可以为360°,则实现了连接座3与牵引装置4之间柔性连接,二者之间能够相对转动一定的角度。FIG. 30 is an exploded view of a traction device and a connecting seat provided in Embodiment 2 of the application using another assembly method for assembly; FIG. 31 is an exploded view of a traction device and connecting seat provided in Embodiment 2 of the application using another method A cross-sectional view of the assembling method, FIG. 32 is an enlarged view of the area D in FIG. 31. As shown in Figure 23, Figure 30 to Figure 32, the traction buffer connecting sleeve 46 is sleeved on the outside of the traction connecting pin 44, and is pressed between the traction connecting pin 44 and the inner wall of the traction beam mounting hole 34 on the connecting seat 3. In this way, not only the longitudinal force can be transmitted between the connecting seat 3 and the traction device 4, but also the horizontal relative position between the two can be kept fixed. In addition, the traction buffer connecting sleeve 46 itself can be elastically deformed, and the direction of the elastic deformation can be 360°, which realizes a flexible connection between the connecting seat 3 and the traction device 4, and the two can rotate relative to a certain angle.
图33为本申请实施例二提供的一种牵引装置中牵引缓冲连接套的结构示意图。如图32和图33所示,牵引缓冲连接套46具体可包括:牵引缓冲外层套461、牵引缓冲内层套462和牵引缓冲中间套463。其中,牵引缓冲中间套463固定连接在牵引缓冲外层套461和牵引缓冲内层套462之间。牵引缓冲外层套461用于与牵引梁安装孔34过盈配合,牵引缓冲内层套462用于与牵引连接销44过盈配合,以使整体牵引缓冲连接套46固定在牵引梁安装孔34与牵引连接销44之间。FIG. 33 is a schematic structural diagram of a traction buffer connecting sleeve in a traction device provided in Embodiment 2 of the application. As shown in FIGS. 32 and 33, the traction buffer connecting sleeve 46 may specifically include: a traction buffer outer sleeve 461, a traction buffer inner layer 462 and a traction buffer middle sleeve 463. Wherein, the traction buffer intermediate sleeve 463 is fixedly connected between the traction buffer outer sleeve 461 and the traction buffer inner sleeve 462. The traction buffer outer sleeve 461 is used for interference fit with the traction beam mounting hole 34, and the traction buffer inner sleeve 462 is used for interference fit with the traction connecting pin 44, so that the overall traction buffer connecting sleeve 46 is fixed in the traction beam mounting hole 34 Between the traction connecting pin 44.
上述牵引缓冲中间套463可以采用能够产生弹性变形的材料制成。本实施例中,牵引缓冲中间套463为橡胶套,牵引缓冲外层套461和牵引缓冲内层套462均为金属套。牵引缓冲中间套463与牵引缓冲外层套461和牵引缓冲内层套462采用硫化的方式固定在一起。当一侧车轮12通过鼓包或凹陷路面时,车轮中心线的垂向高度升高,并带动车轴11、以及车轮对应侧的轴箱13、连接座3的重心升高。连接座3的中心升高,导致牵引梁安装孔34的中心线与牵引连接销44的中心线之间产生了一定的夹角。由于牵引缓冲中间套463能够产生弹性变形,其上部被压缩,下部被拉伸,减小了牵引连接销44的变形传递给牵引装置4,使得牵引装置4的重心保持不变。The aforementioned traction buffer intermediate sleeve 463 may be made of a material capable of elastic deformation. In this embodiment, the traction buffer middle sleeve 463 is a rubber sleeve, and the traction buffer outer sleeve 461 and the traction buffer inner sleeve 462 are both metal sleeves. The traction buffer middle sleeve 463, the traction buffer outer sleeve 461 and the traction buffer inner sleeve 462 are fixed together by vulcanization. When a wheel 12 on one side passes through a bulge or a recessed road, the vertical height of the center line of the wheel increases, and the center of gravity of the axle 11, the axle box 13 and the connecting seat 3 on the corresponding side of the wheel is raised. The center of the connecting seat 3 rises, resulting in a certain angle between the center line of the traction beam mounting hole 34 and the center line of the traction connecting pin 44. Since the traction buffer intermediate sleeve 463 can be elastically deformed, the upper part is compressed and the lower part is stretched, reducing the transmission of the deformation of the traction connecting pin 44 to the traction device 4, so that the center of gravity of the traction device 4 remains unchanged.
进一步的,牵引缓冲中间套463的外周面为球面,使其沿中心线方向的中部位置与牵引缓冲外层套461固定连接,而沿中心线方向的两端与牵引缓冲外层套461之间具有一定的缓冲间隙464,这部分缓冲间隙464可作为牵引缓冲中间套463的变形空间,能够增大其变形量,进而提高缓冲效果。Further, the outer peripheral surface of the traction buffer intermediate sleeve 463 is spherical, so that the middle position along the centerline direction is fixedly connected with the traction buffer outer sleeve 461, and the two ends along the centerline direction are between the traction buffer outer sleeve 461 There is a certain buffer gap 464, and this part of the buffer gap 464 can be used as a deformation space for the traction buffer intermediate sleeve 463, which can increase the amount of deformation, thereby improving the buffer effect.
本实施例还提供另一种牵引装置4的实现方式:This embodiment also provides another implementation of the traction device 4:
图34为本申请实施例二提供的另一种牵引装置的结构示意图,图35为本 申请实施例二提供的另一种牵引装置的爆炸视图。如图34和图35所示,牵引装置包括:牵引梁41、牵引销42和牵引缓冲件43。其中,牵引梁41的两端分别与对应端的连接座3相连。牵引销42的顶端与车体相连,底端与牵引梁41具有装配关系,牵引缓冲件43设置在牵引梁41与牵引销42之间。Fig. 34 is a schematic structural diagram of another traction device provided in the second embodiment of the application, and Fig. 35 is an exploded view of another traction device provided in the second embodiment of the application. As shown in FIGS. 34 and 35, the traction device includes: a traction beam 41, a traction pin 42 and a traction buffer 43. Among them, the two ends of the traction beam 41 are respectively connected to the connecting seat 3 of the corresponding end. The top end of the traction pin 42 is connected with the vehicle body, the bottom end has an assembly relationship with the traction beam 41, and the traction buffer 43 is arranged between the traction beam 41 and the traction pin 42.
牵引销42可参照已有技术中常用的结构,其顶端与车体相连,底端与牵引梁41配合,以使转向架的纵向力能够通过牵引梁41传递给牵引销42,再传递给车体。The traction pin 42 can refer to the structure commonly used in the prior art. Its top end is connected with the car body, and the bottom end is matched with the traction beam 41, so that the longitudinal force of the bogie can be transmitted to the traction pin 42 through the traction beam 41, and then to the car. body.
本实施例中,牵引销42的顶端设有车体安装部421,车体安装部421上设置有车体连接孔422,通过该车体连接孔422与螺栓配合连接至车体的底部。In this embodiment, the top end of the traction pin 42 is provided with a vehicle body mounting portion 421, and the vehicle body mounting portion 421 is provided with a vehicle body connection hole 422 through which the vehicle body connection hole 422 is connected to the bottom of the vehicle body in cooperation with bolts.
图36为本申请实施例二提供的另一种牵引装置中牵引梁的结构示意图。如图34至图36所示,牵引梁41为杆状结构,沿横向方向设置在两个连接座3之间。FIG. 36 is a schematic structural diagram of a traction beam in another traction device provided in Embodiment 2 of the application. As shown in FIGS. 34 to 36, the traction beam 41 is a rod-shaped structure and is arranged between the two connecting seats 3 in the transverse direction.
牵引缓冲件43可包括:上抱箍436、下抱箍437和第一缓冲套438。其中,上抱箍436与下抱箍437相连,构成环形抱箍,抱紧在牵引梁41的外侧。上抱箍436还与牵引销42的底端相连,实现了牵引销42与牵引梁41的连接。The traction buffer 43 may include an upper hoop 436, a lower hoop 437 and a first buffer sleeve 438. Among them, the upper hoop 436 and the lower hoop 437 are connected to form an annular hoop and hug the outside of the traction beam 41. The upper hoop 436 is also connected to the bottom end of the traction pin 42 to realize the connection between the traction pin 42 and the traction beam 41.
上抱箍436与牵引销42可以为一体结构,也可以通过焊接等方式固定在一起。上抱箍436与下抱箍437之间可通过螺栓进行连接。The upper hoop 436 and the traction pin 42 may be an integral structure, or may be fixed together by welding or the like. The upper hoop 436 and the lower hoop 437 can be connected by bolts.
第一缓冲套438设置在环形抱箍与牵引梁41之间,对二者之间的相对作用力进行缓冲。本实施例提供一种第一缓冲套438的具体实现方式:图37为本申请实施例二提供的另一种牵引装置中第一缓冲套的结构示意图。如图37所示,第一缓冲套438包括:第一外层缓冲套4381、第一内层缓冲套4382和第一中间缓冲套4383。其中,第一中间缓冲套4383设置在第一外层缓冲套4381和第一内层缓冲套4382之间,并与第一外层缓冲套4381和第一内层缓冲套4382固定连接。The first buffer sleeve 438 is arranged between the annular hoop and the traction beam 41 to buffer the relative force between the two. This embodiment provides a specific implementation manner of the first buffer sleeve 438: FIG. 37 is a schematic structural diagram of the first buffer sleeve in another traction device provided in the second embodiment of the application. As shown in FIG. 37, the first buffer sleeve 438 includes: a first outer buffer sleeve 4381, a first inner buffer sleeve 4382 and a first intermediate buffer sleeve 4383. Wherein, the first intermediate buffer sleeve 4383 is disposed between the first outer buffer sleeve 4381 and the first inner buffer sleeve 4382, and is fixedly connected to the first outer buffer sleeve 4381 and the first inner buffer sleeve 4382.
第一外层缓冲套4381与环形抱箍过盈配合,第一内层缓冲套4382与牵引梁41过盈配合,实现第一缓冲套438牢固设置在牵引梁41与环形抱箍之间。The first outer buffer sleeve 4381 is in interference fit with the annular hoop, and the first inner buffer sleeve 4382 is in interference fit with the traction beam 41, so that the first buffer sleeve 438 is firmly arranged between the traction beam 41 and the annular hoop.
上述第一中间缓冲套4383可采用弹性材料制成。本实施例中,第一外层缓冲套4381和第一内侧缓冲套4382均为金属套,第一中间缓冲套4383为橡胶套。橡胶套与内外两侧的金属套通过硫化的方式固定在一起。The first intermediate buffer sleeve 4383 may be made of elastic material. In this embodiment, the first outer buffer sleeve 4381 and the first inner buffer sleeve 4382 are both metal sleeves, and the first intermediate buffer sleeve 4383 is a rubber sleeve. The rubber sleeve and the metal sleeves on the inner and outer sides are fixed together by vulcanization.
采用上述第一缓冲套438套设在牵引梁41上,使其360°范围内都能够进行缓冲。当牵引销42受到车体的垂向力时,牵引销42略微向下移动,促使第一缓冲套438自身发生形变来抵消牵引销42的向下位移,进而确保了牵引梁42的垂向高度保持不变,降低了牵引梁42的弯曲程度。当转向架处于牵引状态或制动状态时,第一缓冲套438能够对牵引销42与牵引梁41之间的力传递过程进行缓冲,避免二者直接刚性接触或磨损。The above-mentioned first buffer sleeve 438 is sleeved on the traction beam 41, so that it can buffer in a 360° range. When the traction pin 42 receives the vertical force of the vehicle body, the traction pin 42 moves slightly downward, which causes the first buffer sleeve 438 to deform itself to offset the downward displacement of the traction pin 42, thereby ensuring the vertical height of the traction beam 42 Keep unchanged, reducing the degree of bending of the traction beam 42. When the bogie is in the traction state or the braking state, the first buffer sleeve 438 can buffer the force transmission process between the traction pin 42 and the traction beam 41 to avoid direct rigid contact or wear between the two.
进一步的,可以在第一中间缓冲套4383上开设一些孔洞,用于提供变形空间,进而增大第一中间缓冲套4383的变形量,提高缓冲效果。如图37所示,在第一中间缓冲套4383的端部设有沿其中心线方向延伸的形变孔4383a,形变孔4383a可以为贯穿于第一中间缓冲套4383中心线方向的通孔,也可以为盲孔。Further, some holes can be opened on the first intermediate buffer sleeve 4383 to provide deformation space, thereby increasing the deformation amount of the first intermediate buffer sleeve 4383 and improving the buffer effect. As shown in Figure 37, the end of the first intermediate buffer sleeve 4383 is provided with a deformation hole 4383a extending in the direction of its centerline. The deformation hole 4383a may be a through hole penetrating the centerline direction of the first intermediate buffer sleeve 4383, or Can be blind holes.
牵引梁41的两端与连接座3相连,可以在上述实现方式的基础上,对连接座3的结构进行调整,使其适应本实施例方式中的牵引梁41。The two ends of the traction beam 41 are connected to the connecting seat 3, and the structure of the connecting seat 3 can be adjusted on the basis of the foregoing implementation manner to adapt it to the traction beam 41 in this embodiment.
图38为本申请实施例二提供的另一种牵引装置对应的连接座的内侧角度示意图,图39为本申请实施例二提供的另一种牵引装置与对应连接座相连的爆炸视图,图40为本申请实施例二提供的另一种牵引装置与对应连接座相连的结构示意图。图38至图40所示的连接座3的功能与上述实现方式相似,具体的结构、连接位置及形状均可以适应性调整,此处仅针对与牵引梁41的连接进行详细说明。38 is a schematic diagram of the inside angle of the connecting seat corresponding to another traction device provided in the second embodiment of the application, and FIG. 39 is an exploded view of another traction device connected to the corresponding connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application, and FIG. 40 This is a schematic structural diagram of another traction device connected to a corresponding connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of this application. The function of the connecting seat 3 shown in FIGS. 38 to 40 is similar to the above-mentioned implementation, and the specific structure, connecting position and shape can be adjusted adaptively. Here, only the connection with the traction beam 41 will be described in detail.
如图38至图40所示,在连接座3的内侧表面设置有牵引梁安装孔34,牵引梁41可插入该牵引梁安装孔34内。具体的,在连接座3的内侧表面上设置有牵引梁连接套3221,牵引梁连接套3221中的空腔作为牵引梁安装孔34。As shown in FIGS. 38 to 40, a traction beam installation hole 34 is provided on the inner surface of the connecting seat 3, and the traction beam 41 can be inserted into the traction beam installation hole 34. Specifically, a traction beam connecting sleeve 3221 is provided on the inner surface of the connecting seat 3, and the cavity in the traction beam connecting sleeve 3221 serves as the traction beam mounting hole 34.
如图34、35、39和40所示,进一步的,还可以在牵引梁42的端部与牵 引梁安装孔34之间设置第二缓冲套439,用于对牵引梁42与连接座3之间的力传递过程进行缓冲,避免二者之间出现直接刚性撞击。As shown in Figures 34, 35, 39 and 40, furthermore, a second buffer sleeve 439 can be provided between the end of the traction beam 42 and the traction beam mounting hole 34 for aligning the traction beam 42 and the connecting seat 3. The force transmission process between the two is buffered to avoid direct rigid impact between the two.
图41为本申请实施例二提供的另一种牵引装置中第二缓冲套的结构示意图。如图41所示,具体的,第二缓冲套439包括:第二外层缓冲套4391、第二内层缓冲套4392和第二中间缓冲套4393。其中,第二中间缓冲套4393设置在第二外层缓冲套4391和第二内层缓冲套4392之间,并与二者固定连接。第二中间缓冲套4393可采用弹性材料制成,自身能够产生一定的形变。本实施例中,第二中间缓冲套4393为橡胶套,第二外层缓冲套4391和第二内层缓冲套4392均为金属套,橡胶套与内外两侧的金属套采用硫化的方式固定在一起。FIG. 41 is a schematic structural diagram of a second buffer sleeve in another traction device according to Embodiment 2 of the application. As shown in FIG. 41, specifically, the second buffer sleeve 439 includes: a second outer buffer sleeve 4391, a second inner buffer sleeve 4392 and a second middle buffer sleeve 4393. Wherein, the second intermediate buffer sleeve 4393 is arranged between the second outer buffer sleeve 4391 and the second inner buffer sleeve 4392, and is fixedly connected to the two. The second intermediate buffer sleeve 4393 can be made of elastic material, and can produce certain deformation by itself. In this embodiment, the second middle buffer sleeve 4393 is a rubber sleeve, the second outer buffer sleeve 4391 and the second inner buffer sleeve 4392 are both metal sleeves, and the rubber sleeve and the metal sleeves on the inner and outer sides are fixed in a vulcanized manner. together.
第二外层缓冲套4391与牵引梁安装孔34的内壁过盈配合,第二内层缓冲套4392与牵引梁41的端部过盈配合,以使牵引梁41与连接座3之间的相对位置保持固定。而且,当一侧车轮行驶在鼓包或凹陷路面时,车轮12连通连接座3沿垂向略微移动一定的距离,使得连接座3中牵引梁安装孔34的中心线与牵引梁41的中心线不重合,而是呈一定角度。由于第二缓冲套439自身能够产生变形,抵消了连接座3的位移量,保证牵引梁41位置保持不变,进而减轻了车体的振动,提高乘坐舒适性。The second outer buffer sleeve 4391 is in interference fit with the inner wall of the traction beam mounting hole 34, and the second inner buffer sleeve 4392 is in interference fit with the end of the traction beam 41, so that the traction beam 41 and the connecting seat 3 are opposed to each other. The position remains fixed. Moreover, when one wheel is driving on a bumpy or recessed road, the wheel 12 connected to the connecting seat 3 moves a certain distance in the vertical direction, so that the center line of the traction beam mounting hole 34 in the connecting seat 3 is different from the center line of the traction beam 41. Coincident, but at a certain angle. Since the second buffer sleeve 439 can deform itself, it offsets the displacement of the connecting seat 3 and ensures that the position of the traction beam 41 remains unchanged, thereby reducing the vibration of the vehicle body and improving the ride comfort.
上述牵引装置4是用于在连接座3与车体之间传递纵向力,而连接座3与轴箱13之间的纵向力可以通过侧梁2进行传递。若侧梁2为刚性梁,则能够达到较好的力传递效果,若侧梁2采用碳纤维、玻璃纤维等材料制成,则需要在连接座3与轴箱13之间设置连接结构,用于传递纵向力。The aforementioned traction device 4 is used to transmit longitudinal force between the connecting seat 3 and the vehicle body, and the longitudinal force between the connecting seat 3 and the axle box 13 can be transmitted through the side beam 2. If the side beam 2 is a rigid beam, a better force transmission effect can be achieved. If the side beam 2 is made of carbon fiber, glass fiber and other materials, it is necessary to provide a connecting structure between the connecting seat 3 and the axle box 13 for Transmit longitudinal force.
图42为本申请实施例二提供的连接座与轴箱之间设置有单拉杆的结构示意图。如图42所示,在位于横向方向同一侧的连接座3与轴箱13之间设置单拉杆95,用于传递纵向力。单拉杆95沿纵向方向延伸,一端与连接座3相连,另一端与轴箱13相连。FIG. 42 is a schematic structural diagram of a single pull rod provided between the connecting seat and the axle box according to the second embodiment of the application. As shown in Fig. 42, a single tie rod 95 is provided between the connecting seat 3 and the axle box 13 on the same side in the transverse direction for transmitting longitudinal force. The single pull rod 95 extends in the longitudinal direction, one end is connected to the connecting seat 3 and the other end is connected to the axle box 13.
图43为本申请实施例二提供的单拉杆分别与第一拉杆连接组件和第二拉 杆连接组件装配的爆炸视图。如图43所示,可以采用第一拉杆连接组件连接单拉杆95与轴箱13,采用第二拉杆连接组件连接单拉杆95与连接座3。Figure 43 is an exploded view of the single tie rod assembling the first tie rod connecting component and the second tie rod connecting component provided in the second embodiment of the application. As shown in FIG. 43, a first tie rod connecting component can be used to connect the single tie rod 95 and the axle box 13, and a second tie rod connecting component can be used to connect the single tie rod 95 and the connecting seat 3.
具体的,首先对第一拉杆连接组件的实现方式进行详细说明:Specifically, first, the implementation of the first tie rod connecting assembly is described in detail:
图44为本申请实施例二提供的单拉杆与轴箱装配的爆炸视图,图45为本申请实施例二提供的单拉杆与轴箱装配的结构示意图。如图43至图45所示,在单拉杆95的一端设置有第一拉杆孔951,第一拉杆孔951的中心线沿横向方向延伸。对应在轴箱13上设置有拉杆螺纹孔133。FIG. 44 is an exploded view of the assembly of the single tie rod and the axle box provided in the second embodiment of the application, and FIG. 45 is a schematic diagram of the assembly of the single tie rod and the axle box provided in the second embodiment of the application. As shown in Figs. 43 to 45, a first tie rod hole 951 is provided at one end of the single tie rod 95, and the center line of the first tie rod hole 951 extends in the transverse direction. Correspondingly, a tie rod threaded hole 133 is provided on the axle box 13.
上述第一拉杆连接组件包括:第一芯轴95a1和拉杆连接螺柱95a2。其中,第一芯轴95a1插设在第一拉杆孔951内。第一芯轴95a1的两端露出第一拉杆孔951,且设置有第一芯轴螺栓孔95a11。拉杆连接螺柱95a2的一端通过螺纹配合固定在轴箱3上的拉杆螺纹孔133内,另一端穿过第一芯轴螺栓孔95a11后与第一拉杆连接螺母95a3连接。可根据需要在拉杆连接螺柱95a2和第一拉杆连接螺母95a3之间设置垫片。The aforementioned first tie rod connecting assembly includes: a first mandrel 95a1 and a tie rod connecting stud 95a2. Wherein, the first mandrel 95a1 is inserted in the first tie rod hole 951. Both ends of the first mandrel 95a1 expose the first tie rod hole 951, and a first mandrel bolt hole 95a11 is provided. One end of the tie rod connecting stud 95a2 is fixed in the tie rod threaded hole 133 on the axle box 3 through threaded fit, and the other end passes through the first mandrel bolt hole 95a11 and is connected to the first tie rod connecting nut 95a3. A gasket can be arranged between the tie rod connecting stud 95a2 and the first tie rod connecting nut 95a3 according to needs.
在轴箱13的箱体131上设置有两个拉杆连接凸部134,每个拉杆连接凸部134上均设有中心线沿纵向方向延伸的拉杆螺纹孔133。The box body 131 of the axle box 13 is provided with two tie rod connecting protrusions 134, and each tie rod connecting protrusion 134 is provided with a tie rod threaded hole 133 with a center line extending in the longitudinal direction.
除了本实施例所提供的上述实现方式之外,还可以采用其它方式来连接单拉杆95与轴箱13,本实施例不做限定。In addition to the foregoing implementation manners provided in this embodiment, other manners may be used to connect the single pull rod 95 and the axle box 13, which is not limited in this embodiment.
图46为本申请实施例二提供的第一芯轴的剖视图。如图46所示,第一芯轴95a1具体可以包括:第一芯轴体95a12、第一芯轴外套95a13和第一芯轴缓冲套95a14。其中,第一芯轴体95a12的中部呈圆柱体,两端呈长方体,第一芯轴螺栓孔95a11设置在长方体的部分。第一芯轴外套95a13套设在第一芯轴体95a12上,且与第一拉杆孔951的内壁过盈配合。FIG. 46 is a cross-sectional view of the first mandrel provided in the second embodiment of the application. As shown in Fig. 46, the first mandrel 95a1 may specifically include: a first mandrel body 95a12, a first mandrel outer sleeve 95a13, and a first mandrel buffer sleeve 95a14. Wherein, the middle part of the first mandrel body 95a12 is a cylinder, both ends are rectangular parallelepipeds, and the first mandrel bolt hole 95a11 is provided in the rectangular parallelepiped part. The first mandrel outer sleeve 95a13 is sleeved on the first mandrel body 95a12, and is in interference fit with the inner wall of the first tie rod hole 951.
第一芯轴缓冲套95a14设置在第一芯轴体95a12和第一芯轴外套95a13之间。第一芯轴缓冲套95a14可采用弹性材料制成,本实施例中,第一芯轴缓冲套95a14为橡胶套,第一芯轴体95a12和第一芯轴外套95a13均采用金属制成。第一芯轴缓冲套95a14与第一芯轴体95a12和第一芯轴外套95a13采用硫化的 方式固定在一起。The first mandrel buffer sleeve 95a14 is arranged between the first mandrel body 95a12 and the first mandrel outer sleeve 95a13. The first mandrel buffer sleeve 95a14 can be made of elastic material. In this embodiment, the first mandrel buffer sleeve 95a14 is a rubber sleeve, and the first mandrel body 95a12 and the first mandrel outer sleeve 95a13 are both made of metal. The first mandrel buffer sleeve 95a14, the first mandrel body 95a12 and the first mandrel outer sleeve 95a13 are fixed together by vulcanization.
第一芯轴缓冲套95a14自身能够在360°范围内发生形变,则当车轮行驶在凹凸不平的区域时,车轮12和轴箱13的垂向高度升高。通过第一芯轴缓冲套95a14自身的形变能够抵消轴箱13由于高度变化而对单拉杆95施加的力,促使单拉杆95的垂向高度不发生变化,进而不会影响连接座3及车体的垂向高度,能够提高乘坐舒适性。The first mandrel buffer sleeve 95a14 itself can deform within a range of 360°, so when the wheel travels in an uneven area, the vertical height of the wheel 12 and the axle box 13 increases. The deformation of the first mandrel buffer sleeve 95a14 itself can offset the force exerted by the axle box 13 on the single tie rod 95 due to the height change, so that the vertical height of the single tie rod 95 does not change, thereby not affecting the connecting seat 3 and the car body The vertical height can improve ride comfort.
其次,对第二拉杆连接组件的实现方式进行详细说明:Secondly, the implementation of the second tie rod connecting assembly is described in detail:
图47为本申请实施例二提供的单拉杆与连接座装配的爆炸视图,图48为本申请实施例二提供的单拉杆与连接座装配的结构示意图。如图43、47和48所示,在单拉杆95的另一端设置有第二拉杆孔952,第二拉杆孔952的中心线沿横向方向延伸。对应的,在连接座3上设置有拉杆连接孔351,用于连接单拉杆95。FIG. 47 is an exploded view of the assembly of the single tie rod and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application, and FIG. 48 is a schematic diagram of the assembly of the single tie rod and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application. As shown in Figures 43, 47 and 48, a second tie rod hole 952 is provided at the other end of the single tie rod 95, and the center line of the second tie rod hole 952 extends in the transverse direction. Correspondingly, a tie rod connecting hole 351 is provided on the connecting seat 3 for connecting a single tie rod 95.
上述第二拉杆连接组件包括:第二芯轴95b1和拉杆连接螺栓95b2。其中,第二芯轴95b1插设在第二拉杆孔952内。第二芯轴95b1的两端露出第二拉杆孔952,且设置有第二芯轴螺栓孔95b11。拉杆连接螺栓95b2依次穿过连接座3上的拉杆连接孔351和第二芯轴螺栓孔95b11后,与第二拉杆连接螺母95b3相连。可根据需要在拉杆连接螺栓95b2和第二拉杆连接螺母95b3之间设置垫片。The above-mentioned second tie rod connecting assembly includes: a second mandrel 95b1 and a tie rod connecting bolt 95b2. Wherein, the second mandrel 95b1 is inserted in the second tie rod hole 952. Two ends of the second mandrel 95b1 expose the second tie rod holes 952, and second mandrel bolt holes 95b11 are provided. The tie rod connecting bolt 95b2 passes through the tie rod connecting hole 351 and the second mandrel bolt hole 95b11 on the connecting seat 3 in sequence, and then is connected to the second tie rod connecting nut 95b3. A gasket may be provided between the tie rod connecting bolt 95b2 and the second tie rod connecting nut 95b3 as required.
如图7和图47所示,在连接座3的底部设置有拉杆连接柱35,在拉杆连接柱35上开设中心线沿纵向方向延伸的拉杆连接孔351。As shown in FIGS. 7 and 47, a tie rod connecting column 35 is provided at the bottom of the connecting seat 3, and a tie rod connecting hole 351 with a center line extending in the longitudinal direction is opened on the tie rod connecting column 35.
除了本实施例所提供的上述实现方式之外,还可以采用其它方式来连接单拉杆95与连接座3,本实施例不做限定。In addition to the foregoing implementation manners provided in this embodiment, other manners may also be used to connect the single pull rod 95 and the connecting seat 3, which is not limited in this embodiment.
第二芯轴95b1的结构可参照第一芯轴95a1,可以采用与第一芯轴95a1相同的结构。具体的,第二芯轴95b1可以包括:第二芯轴体、第二芯轴外套和第二芯轴缓冲套。其中,第二芯轴体的中部呈圆柱体,两端呈长方体,第二芯轴螺栓孔95b11设置在长方体的部分。第二芯轴外套套设在第二芯轴体上,且 与第二拉杆孔952的内壁过盈配合。The structure of the second mandrel 95b1 may refer to the first mandrel 95a1, and may adopt the same structure as the first mandrel 95a1. Specifically, the second mandrel 95b1 may include: a second mandrel body, a second mandrel sleeve, and a second mandrel buffer sleeve. Wherein, the middle part of the second mandrel body is a cylinder, both ends are cuboid, and the second mandrel bolt hole 95b11 is provided in the part of the cuboid. The second mandrel outer sleeve is sleeved on the second mandrel body and is in interference fit with the inner wall of the second tie rod hole 952.
第二芯轴缓冲套设置在第二芯轴体第二芯轴外套之间。第二芯轴缓冲套可采用弹性材料制成,本实施例中,第二芯轴缓冲套为橡胶套,第二芯轴体和第二芯轴外套均采用金属制成。第二芯轴缓冲套与第二芯轴体和第二芯轴外套采用硫化的方式固定在一起。The second mandrel buffer sleeve is arranged between the second mandrel outer sleeves of the second mandrel body. The second mandrel buffer sleeve can be made of elastic material. In this embodiment, the second mandrel buffer sleeve is a rubber sleeve, and the second mandrel body and the second mandrel outer sleeve are both made of metal. The second mandrel buffer sleeve, the second mandrel body and the second mandrel outer sleeve are fixed together by vulcanization.
下面对跟轮对相关的部件进行详细说明:The following is a detailed description of the components related to the wheel pair:
图49为本申请实施例二提供的轮对和轴箱的结构示意图。如图49所示,轮对包括:车轴11和车轮12,车轮12的数量为两个,对称设置在车轴11上。轴箱13的数量为两个,对称设置在车轴11上且位于车轮12的内侧。FIG. 49 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the wheelset and the axle box provided in the second embodiment of the application. As shown in FIG. 49, the wheel set includes: an axle 11 and wheels 12, the number of wheels 12 is two, and the wheels 12 are symmetrically arranged on the axle 11. The number of axle boxes 13 is two, which are symmetrically arranged on the axle 11 and located inside the wheel 12.
在上述技术方案的基础上,本实施例提供一种分体式的车轮:On the basis of the above technical solution, this embodiment provides a split wheel:
图50为本申请实施例二提供的车轮的结构示意图,图51为本申请实施例二提供的车轮的爆炸视图。如图50和图51所示,车轮12包括:轮芯121、轮箍122和轮环123。其中,轮芯121的中心设有轴孔1211,车轴11可穿设在轴孔1211内且与轴孔1211为过盈配合。轴孔1211与轮芯121外边缘之间的部分为辐板1212,辐板1212的表面可以为平面,也可以为曲面。FIG. 50 is a schematic structural diagram of a wheel provided in Embodiment 2 of this application, and FIG. 51 is an exploded view of a wheel provided in Embodiment 2 of this application. As shown in FIGS. 50 and 51, the wheel 12 includes a wheel core 121, a wheel tyre 122 and a wheel ring 123. Wherein, the center of the wheel core 121 is provided with an axle hole 1211, and the axle 11 can be inserted into the axle hole 1211 and is an interference fit with the axle hole 1211. The portion between the shaft hole 1211 and the outer edge of the wheel core 121 is a web 1212, and the surface of the web 1212 may be flat or curved.
轮箍122套设在轮芯121的外周面,与轮芯121为过盈配合,以使车轴11、轮芯121和轮箍122同步转动。轮环123用于连接轮芯121与轮箍122。The wheel tyre 122 is sleeved on the outer peripheral surface of the wheel core 121 and is an interference fit with the wheel core 121 so that the axle 11, the wheel core 121 and the wheel tyre 122 rotate synchronously. The wheel ring 123 is used to connect the wheel core 121 and the wheel tyre 122.
图52为本申请实施例二提供的车轮的剖视图,图53为图52中E区域的放大视图。具体结构可参照图50至图53所示,轮箍122的外周面设置有踏面1221,踏面1221沿轴向的一端凸出形成轮缘1222。踏面1221用于与铁路轨道接触,轮缘1222用于与轨道的内侧面相抵接,以将车轮12限位在轨道上。FIG. 52 is a cross-sectional view of a wheel provided in Embodiment 2 of the application, and FIG. 53 is an enlarged view of area E in FIG. 52. For the specific structure, refer to FIGS. 50 to 53. The outer peripheral surface of the tire 122 is provided with a tread surface 1221, and one end of the tread surface 1221 in the axial direction protrudes to form a rim 1222. The tread 1221 is used to contact the railway track, and the wheel rim 1222 is used to abut against the inner side of the track to limit the wheel 12 on the track.
轮箍122沿轴向一端的内周面设有限位凸缘1223,限位凸缘1223从外周向内周的方向凸出。限位凸缘1223位于远离轮缘1222的一端。对应的,在轮芯121的轴向一端设有用于与限位凸缘1223搭接的台阶面1213。在装配的过程中,将轮芯121向左装入轮箍122内,直至台阶面1213触碰到限位凸缘1223, 完成轮芯121的装配。限位凸缘1223能够限制轮芯121从左侧从轮箍122中脱出。The inner peripheral surface of one end of the wheel tyre 122 in the axial direction is provided with a limiting flange 1223, and the limiting flange 1223 protrudes from the outer periphery to the inner periphery. The limiting flange 1223 is located at an end away from the wheel rim 1222. Correspondingly, a step surface 1213 for overlapping with the limiting flange 1223 is provided at one axial end of the wheel core 121. During the assembly process, the wheel core 121 is inserted into the wheel tyre 122 to the left until the stepped surface 1213 touches the limiting flange 1223 to complete the assembly of the wheel core 121. The stop flange 1223 can restrict the wheel core 121 from coming out of the wheel tyre 122 from the left side.
采用轮环123将轮芯121固定于轮箍122内。具体的,在轮箍122沿轴向另一端的内周面设有轮环装配槽1224,轮环123可嵌设于轮环装配槽1224内。轮环123为环状,其厚度大于轮环装配槽1224的深度,则轮环123的外侧部分嵌设于轮环装配槽1224内,内侧部分位于轮环装配槽1224外部。位于轮环装配槽1224外部的部分延伸至轮芯121的端面,将轮芯121压紧在轮箍122内,且能够阻止轮芯121向右脱出。A wheel ring 123 is used to fix the wheel core 121 in the wheel tyre 122. Specifically, a wheel ring assembly groove 1224 is provided on the inner peripheral surface of the other end of the wheel tyre 122 in the axial direction, and the wheel ring 123 can be embedded in the wheel ring assembly groove 1224. The wheel ring 123 is ring-shaped and its thickness is greater than the depth of the wheel ring assembly groove 1224. The outer part of the wheel ring 123 is embedded in the wheel ring assembly groove 1224, and the inner part is located outside the wheel ring assembly groove 1224. The part located outside the wheel ring assembly groove 1224 extends to the end surface of the wheel core 121, pressing the wheel core 121 in the wheel tyre 122, and can prevent the wheel core 121 from coming out to the right.
采用上述实现方式能够将轮芯121限位在轮箍122内,但并不是唯一的实现方式。本领域技术人员也可以对上述方案进行修改,而得到其它的实现方式,也能够达到对轮芯121进行限位的效果。The foregoing implementation manner can limit the wheel core 121 in the wheel tyre 122, but it is not the only implementation manner. Those skilled in the art can also modify the above-mentioned solutions to obtain other implementations, which can also achieve the effect of limiting the wheel core 121.
上述车轮12为分体式结构,由轮芯121、轮箍122和轮环123构成,在轮箍122的踏面磨损较为严重时,只需更换轮箍122即可,无需更换轮芯121。轮芯121可以重复利用,减少了材料的浪费,降低了轨道车辆的运营成本。上述车轮12的结构较为简单,加工较为容易。The above-mentioned wheel 12 has a split structure and is composed of a wheel core 121, a wheel tyre 122 and a wheel ring 123. When the tread surface of the wheel tyre 122 is severely worn, only the wheel tyre 122 needs to be replaced, and the wheel core 121 does not need to be replaced. The wheel core 121 can be reused, which reduces the waste of materials and reduces the operating cost of the rail vehicle. The above-mentioned wheel 12 has a relatively simple structure and is relatively easy to process.
可以在轮环123上开设轮环缺口1231,使其能够发生变形,便于装配。轮环123的截面形状可以为矩形,也可以为梯形等形状。轮环装配槽1224的形状与轮环123的形状相匹配。A wheel ring gap 1231 can be provided on the wheel ring 123 to make it deformable and facilitate assembly. The cross-sectional shape of the rim 123 may be rectangular or trapezoidal or the like. The shape of the wheel ring assembly groove 1224 matches the shape of the wheel ring 123.
上述轮芯121可以采用轻型高强度材料制成,例如可以为铝基石墨烯材料、铝合金或镁合金等材料。由于铝基石墨烯材料、铝合金或镁合金等轻型高强度材料具有强度高和密度低的特点,因此,在上述轮芯121采用铝基石墨烯材料、铝合金或镁合金等轻型高强度材料制成时,在保证车轮12满足强度要求的前提下,能够大幅降低车轮12的重量,进而降低轮对、转向架和轨道车辆的整体质量,便于轨道车辆实现节能、降耗。另外,还可减小转向架簧下质量,降低轮轨间动作用力,减小轮轨磨耗,降低噪音。The above-mentioned wheel core 121 may be made of light-weight and high-strength materials, for example, aluminum-based graphene materials, aluminum alloys, or magnesium alloys. Since aluminum-based graphene materials, aluminum alloys or magnesium alloys and other light-weight high-strength materials have the characteristics of high strength and low density, the above-mentioned wheel core 121 uses aluminum-based graphene materials, aluminum alloys or magnesium alloys and other light-weight high-strength materials When manufactured, under the premise of ensuring that the wheels 12 meet the strength requirements, the weight of the wheels 12 can be greatly reduced, thereby reducing the overall mass of the wheel set, the bogie and the rail vehicle, which is convenient for the rail vehicle to achieve energy saving and consumption reduction. In addition, it can also reduce the unsprung mass of the bogie, reduce the force between wheel and rail, reduce wheel and rail wear, and reduce noise.
另外,如图52所示,在轮芯121的轴孔壁上设置有油槽1214,轮芯121 设置有与油槽1214连通的注油孔1215。油槽1214可以为环形油槽,油槽1214的横截面形状可以为半圆形。In addition, as shown in FIG. 52, an oil groove 1214 is provided on the shaft hole wall of the wheel core 121, and the wheel core 121 is provided with an oil injection hole 1215 communicating with the oil groove 1214. The oil groove 1214 may be an annular oil groove, and the cross-sectional shape of the oil groove 1214 may be semicircular.
在从车轴11上拆卸轮芯121时,可以通过注油孔1215向油槽1214内注入润滑油,从而使润滑油通过注油孔1215和油槽1214达到车轴11与轮芯121之间,在车轴11与轮芯121之间形成油膜,防止在退轴过程中使车轴11或轮芯121的表面形成损伤,进而提高车轴11和轮芯121的使用寿命,并降低使用成本。而且,无需采用较大的力就能够将轮芯121从车轴11上拆卸,更便于操作。When the wheel core 121 is removed from the axle 11, lubricating oil can be injected into the oil groove 1214 through the oil injection hole 1215, so that the lubricating oil can reach between the axle 11 and the wheel core 121 through the oil injection hole 1215 and the oil groove 1214. An oil film is formed between the cores 121 to prevent the surface of the axle 11 or the wheel core 121 from being damaged during the de-axle process, thereby increasing the service life of the axle 11 and the wheel core 121 and reducing the use cost. Moreover, the wheel core 121 can be detached from the axle 11 without using a large force, which is more convenient for operation.
上述转向架可以作为非动力转向架,若在其中设置驱动装置,则可以作为动力转向架。本实施例提供一种驱动装置的实现方式:The above-mentioned bogie can be used as a non-powered bogie, and if a driving device is provided in it, it can be used as a power bogie. This embodiment provides an implementation manner of the driving device:
图54为本申请实施例二提供的动力转向架的结构示意图,图55为本申请实施例二提供的动力转向架的俯视图,图56为本申请实施例二提供的轮对、轴箱和驱动装置的剖视图。如图54至图56所示,驱动装置5包括:直驱电机51和平衡杆52。其中,直驱电机51设置在车轴11上,位于两个轴箱13之间。54 is a schematic structural diagram of the power bogie provided in the second embodiment of the application, FIG. 55 is a top view of the power bogie provided in the second embodiment of the application, and FIG. 56 is the wheelset, axle box and drive provided in the second embodiment of the application Sectional view of the device. As shown in FIGS. 54 to 56, the driving device 5 includes a direct drive motor 51 and a balance bar 52. Among them, the direct drive motor 51 is arranged on the axle 11 and located between the two axle boxes 13.
直驱电机51包括:电机壳体511、转子512和定子。其中,电机壳体511通过平衡杆52与连接座3相连。定子设置在电机壳体511上,固定不动。转子512与车轴12过盈配合,以与车轴12同步转动。The direct drive motor 51 includes a motor housing 511, a rotor 512, and a stator. Wherein, the motor housing 511 is connected to the connecting base 3 through a balance bar 52. The stator is arranged on the motor housing 511 and is fixed. The rotor 512 is in interference fit with the axle 12 to rotate synchronously with the axle 12.
直驱电机51可采用已有技术中常用的结构。电机壳体511与车轴11之间可以设置轴承,用于对电机壳体511进行支撑,并保证转子512能够顺利转动。本实施例中,由于轴箱13设置在车轮12与直驱电机51之间,可以将电机壳体511与轴箱13的箱体131相连,以使电机壳体511与箱体131共用轴承132。The direct drive motor 51 may adopt a structure commonly used in the prior art. A bearing can be arranged between the motor housing 511 and the axle 11 to support the motor housing 511 and ensure that the rotor 512 can rotate smoothly. In this embodiment, since the axle box 13 is arranged between the wheels 12 and the direct drive motor 51, the motor housing 511 can be connected to the box body 131 of the axle box 13, so that the motor housing 511 and the box body 131 are shared. Bearing 132.
平衡杆52的一端与电机壳体511相连,另一端与连接座3相连。其中,与电机壳体511相连的方式,可以采用螺栓连接、焊接、铆接等方式。与连接座3相连的方式,可以采用如下方式:One end of the balance bar 52 is connected with the motor housing 511, and the other end is connected with the connecting base 3. Among them, the method of connecting with the motor housing 511 can be bolted connection, welding, riveting and the like. The connection with the connection base 3 can be as follows:
图57为本申请实施例二提供的平衡杆与连接座装配的结构示意图,图58 为本申请实施例二提供的平衡杆与连接座装配的爆炸视图。如图57和图58所示,采用平衡杆连接件将平衡杆52与连接座3连接在一起。平衡杆连接件包括:平衡杆芯轴531和平衡杆连接螺栓532。FIG. 57 is a schematic structural diagram of the assembly of the balance bar and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application, and FIG. 58 is an exploded view of the assembly of the balance bar and the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application. As shown in Figure 57 and Figure 58, the balance rod 52 and the connecting seat 3 are connected together by a balance rod connector. The balance bar connector includes a balance bar core shaft 531 and a balance bar connecting bolt 532.
具体的,平衡杆51呈近似“V”形结构,其顶部与电机壳体511相连,两个端部分别与连接座3相连。在平衡杆51的端部开设平衡杆连接孔521,平衡杆芯轴531可穿设在平衡杆连接孔521内。平衡杆芯轴531的结构可参照上述图46所示的第一芯轴95a1的结构。平衡杆芯轴531的中部穿设在平衡杆连接孔521内,两端露出平衡杆连接孔521并设置有平衡杆芯轴连接孔5311。Specifically, the balance bar 51 has an approximately “V”-shaped structure, the top of which is connected with the motor housing 511, and the two ends are respectively connected with the connecting base 3. A balance rod connection hole 521 is provided at the end of the balance rod 51, and the balance rod mandrel 531 can be inserted into the balance rod connection hole 521. The structure of the balance bar mandrel 531 can refer to the structure of the first mandrel 95a1 shown in FIG. 46. The middle part of the balance bar mandrel 531 is inserted in the balance bar connection hole 521, and the balance bar connection hole 521 is exposed at both ends and the balance bar mandrel connection hole 5311 is provided.
对应的,在连接座3上设置平衡杆接口,具体是设置在座体顶板321上。在座体顶板321的内侧顶角上设置有平衡杆连接凸部3212,平衡杆连接凸部3212的端面设有平衡杆螺纹孔3213。采用平衡杆连接螺栓532穿过平衡杆芯轴连接孔5311后,通过螺纹配合固定至平衡杆螺纹孔3213内。Correspondingly, a balance bar interface is provided on the connecting seat 3, specifically on the top plate 321 of the seat body. A balance bar connecting convex portion 3212 is provided on the inner top corner of the top plate 321 of the seat body, and the end surface of the balance bar connecting convex portion 3212 is provided with a balance bar threaded hole 3213. After the balance rod connecting bolt 532 is passed through the balance rod mandrel connecting hole 5311, it is fixed into the balance rod threaded hole 3213 by screwing.
与平衡杆52一端相连的平衡杆连接凸部3212的数量为两个,两个平衡杆连接凸部3212之间具有一定间隙,形成平衡杆让位槽。平衡杆52的端部可容纳于该平衡杆让位槽内。The number of the balance bar connecting protrusions 3212 connected to one end of the balance bar 52 is two, and there is a certain gap between the two balance bar connecting protrusions 3212 to form a balance bar relief groove. The end of the balance rod 52 can be accommodated in the balance rod relief groove.
采用上述平衡杆芯轴531连接平衡杆52与连接座3,能够抵消电机的启动扭矩。Using the above-mentioned balance bar core shaft 531 to connect the balance bar 52 and the connecting seat 3 can offset the starting torque of the motor.
在上述技术方案的基础上,在转向架中设置制动装置6,用于在制动状态下进行制动。如图1和图54所示,本实施例采用轮盘制动的方式,即:在车轮12的轮盘面(即:辐板面,也即:上述轮芯121的外侧面)设置制动盘124,制动装置6通过夹紧制动盘124进行制动。对于上述内容所提供的车轮12,制动盘124可通过螺栓与轮芯121连接在一起。On the basis of the above technical solution, a braking device 6 is provided in the bogie for braking in a braking state. As shown in Figures 1 and 54, this embodiment adopts a roulette brake method, that is, a brake disk is provided on the roulette surface of the wheel 12 (ie, the spoke surface, that is, the outer surface of the wheel core 121). 124, the brake device 6 brakes by clamping the brake disc 124. For the wheel 12 provided in the above content, the brake disc 124 may be connected to the wheel core 121 by bolts.
图59为本申请实施例二提供的制动装置与连接座相连的结构示意图,图60为本申请实施例二提供的制动装置的结构示意图,图61为本申请实施例二提供的制动装置中的制动单元连接件与连接座装配的爆炸视图,图62为本申 请实施例二提供的制动装置中的制动单元连接件与连接座装配的剖视图。FIG. 59 is a schematic structural diagram of the brake device provided in the second embodiment of the application connected to the connecting seat, FIG. 60 is a schematic structural diagram of the brake device provided in the second embodiment of the application, and FIG. 61 is a brake provided in the second embodiment of the application An exploded view of the assembly of the brake unit connecting piece and the connecting seat in the device. FIG. 62 is a cross-sectional view of the assembly of the brake unit connecting piece and the connecting seat in the brake device provided in the second embodiment of the application.
如图1、图59至图62所示,制动装置6包括:制动单元61和制动单元连接件62。其中,制动单元连接件62用于将制动单元61连接至连接座3上。制动单元连接件62具有第一垂向安装面,用于与连接座3上的第二垂向安装面贴合进行装配连接。As shown in FIGS. 1 and 59 to 62, the braking device 6 includes a braking unit 61 and a braking unit connecting member 62. Wherein, the brake unit connecting member 62 is used to connect the brake unit 61 to the connecting seat 3. The brake unit connecting member 62 has a first vertical mounting surface, which is used to fit the second vertical mounting surface on the connecting seat 3 for assembly connection.
具体的,在连接座3的外侧设置有制动安装座36,具体是设置在位于连接座3外侧的第二座体外侧板323的顶部。一个连接座3上设置有两个制动安装座36,分别对应与一个制动装置6相连。Specifically, a brake mounting seat 36 is provided on the outer side of the connecting seat 3, specifically on the top of the second seat body outer plate 323 located outside the connecting seat 3. Two brake mounting seats 36 are provided on one connecting seat 3, which are respectively connected to one brake device 6 respectively.
制动安装座36上设置有第二垂向安装面361。对应的,在制动单元连接件62上设置有第一垂向安装面621,朝向第二垂向安装面361。第一垂向安装面621与第二垂向安装面361均为竖直面,二者贴紧,可以采用栓接或卡接等方式进行连接。本实施例中,在制动安装座36上设置安装座螺纹孔362,安装座螺纹孔362的中心线垂直于第二垂向安装面361,也即:沿水平方向延伸。对应的,在制动单元连接件62上设置有制动连接件螺栓孔622,制动连接件螺栓孔622的中心线垂直于第一垂向安装面621,也即:沿水平方向延伸。采用制动连接螺栓623穿过制动连接件螺栓孔622后通过螺纹配合固定在安装座螺纹孔362内。The brake mounting seat 36 is provided with a second vertical mounting surface 361. Correspondingly, a first vertical mounting surface 621 is provided on the brake unit connecting member 62 and faces the second vertical mounting surface 361. The first vertical mounting surface 621 and the second vertical mounting surface 361 are both vertical surfaces, and they are tightly attached, and can be connected by bolting or clamping. In this embodiment, a mounting seat threaded hole 362 is provided on the brake mounting seat 36, and the center line of the mounting seat threaded hole 362 is perpendicular to the second vertical mounting surface 361, that is, extends in the horizontal direction. Correspondingly, a brake connector bolt hole 622 is provided on the brake unit connector 62, and the center line of the brake connector bolt hole 622 is perpendicular to the first vertical mounting surface 621, that is, extends in the horizontal direction. The brake connecting bolt 623 is used to pass through the brake connector bolt hole 622 and then fixed in the threaded hole 362 of the mounting seat by threaded fit.
上述制动连接螺栓623连接在制动单元61与连接座3,其端部承受制动单元61的重力作用。为了避免制动连接螺栓623在长时间运行过程中产生弯曲进而影响制动单元与车轮之间的相对位置,可以进行如下改进:The above-mentioned brake connecting bolt 623 is connected to the brake unit 61 and the connecting seat 3, and its end bears the gravity action of the brake unit 61. In order to prevent the brake connecting bolt 623 from bending during long-term operation and affecting the relative position between the brake unit and the wheel, the following improvements can be made:
在第一垂向安装面621上设置有第一承托部,对应在第二垂向安装面361上设置有第二承托部。第二承托部与第一承托部形状相匹配,用于对第一承托部施加向上的承托力,进而缓解了制动连接螺栓623所受的垂向力。A first supporting portion is provided on the first vertical mounting surface 621, and a second supporting portion is provided on the second vertical mounting surface 361 correspondingly. The second supporting portion matches the shape of the first supporting portion, and is used to apply an upward supporting force to the first supporting portion, thereby alleviating the vertical force received by the brake connecting bolt 623.
具体的,上述第一承托部可以为开设在第一垂向安装面621上的承托槽624,沿水平方向延伸。承托槽624位于第一垂向安装面621沿垂向方向的中部位置,其上方和下方各对称设有两个制动连接件螺栓孔622。上述第二承托 部为凸出于第二垂向安装面361的承托键363,承托键363沿水平方向延伸,且位于第二垂向安装面361沿垂向方向的中部位置,其上方和下方各对称设置有两个安装座螺纹孔362。承托键363凸出于第二垂向安装面361的高度小于承托槽624的深度,承托键363可容纳于承托槽624内,用于对制动单元连接件62起承托作用。Specifically, the above-mentioned first supporting portion may be a supporting groove 624 opened on the first vertical mounting surface 621 and extending in a horizontal direction. The supporting groove 624 is located at the middle position of the first vertical mounting surface 621 along the vertical direction, and two bolt holes 622 of the brake connector are symmetrically provided above and below it. The second supporting portion is a supporting key 363 protruding from the second vertical mounting surface 361. The supporting key 363 extends in the horizontal direction and is located in the middle of the second vertical mounting surface 361 in the vertical direction. Two mounting seat threaded holes 362 are symmetrically provided on the upper side and the lower side. The height of the supporting key 363 protruding from the second vertical mounting surface 361 is less than the depth of the supporting groove 624, and the supporting key 363 can be accommodated in the supporting groove 624 for supporting the brake unit connector 62 .
上述制动安装座36与连接座3的中心距离较近,相当于制动单元61对应的力臂较短,使得制动安装座36所受到的力矩较小,不容易发生变形,进而不会导致制动单元61的位置发生变化,确保了制动单元61始终能够位于车轮12中制动盘124的两侧,在制动过程中能够较好地达到制动效果。The distance between the center of the above-mentioned brake mounting seat 36 and the connecting seat 3 is relatively short, which is equivalent to that the arm corresponding to the brake unit 61 is relatively short, so that the torque received by the brake mounting seat 36 is small, and it is not prone to deformation. As a result, the position of the brake unit 61 is changed, which ensures that the brake unit 61 can always be located on both sides of the brake disc 124 in the wheel 12, and the braking effect can be better achieved during the braking process.
制动单元连接件62与制动单元61之间可以采用螺栓连接、焊接、卡接等方式进行连接,本实施例不做具体的限定。The brake unit connecting member 62 and the brake unit 61 can be connected by bolt connection, welding, clamping, etc., which is not specifically limited in this embodiment.
在上述技术方案的基础上,对转向架中的各种减振器的连接方式进行详细说明:On the basis of the above technical solution, the connection modes of various shock absorbers in the bogie are described in detail:
图63为本申请实施例二提供的连接座与各减振器相连的结构示意图。如图1、图2和图63所示,抗蛇行减振器91沿纵向方向延伸,其一端与连接座3相连,另一端与车体相连。垂向减振器93沿垂向方向延伸,其一端与连接座3相连,另一端与车体相连。抗侧滚扭杆92沿横向方向延伸,其两端分别与两侧的连接座3相连,抗侧滚扭杆92的两端还设置有沿垂向方向延伸以与车体相连的垂向连接杆。横向减振器94沿横向方向延伸,其一端与牵引销42相连,另一端与连接座3相连。FIG. 63 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the connecting seat provided in the second embodiment of the application connected to each shock absorber. As shown in Figs. 1, 2 and 63, the anti-snaking damper 91 extends in the longitudinal direction, one end of which is connected to the connecting seat 3, and the other end is connected to the vehicle body. The vertical shock absorber 93 extends in the vertical direction, one end of which is connected with the connecting seat 3, and the other end is connected with the vehicle body. The anti-rolling torsion rod 92 extends in the transverse direction, and its two ends are respectively connected to the connecting seats 3 on both sides. The two ends of the anti-rolling torsion rod 92 are also provided with vertical connections extending in the vertical direction to connect with the vehicle body. Rod. The transverse damper 94 extends in the transverse direction, one end of which is connected with the traction pin 42 and the other end is connected with the connecting seat 3.
其中,抗蛇行减振器91、抗侧滚扭杆92、垂向减振器93和横向减振器94的结构均可参照已有技术来实现。本实施例只对其与连接座3相连的方式进行详细说明。Among them, the structures of the anti-snaking shock absorber 91, the anti-rolling torsion rod 92, the vertical shock absorber 93 and the transverse shock absorber 94 can all be implemented with reference to the prior art. In this embodiment, only the manner in which it is connected to the connection base 3 is described in detail.
连接座3的外侧表面设置有减振器安装部324,用于连接抗蛇行减振器91、抗侧滚扭杆92和垂向减振器93。具体的,采用减振器安装座97固定在减振器 安装部324上,抗蛇行减振器91、抗侧滚扭杆92和垂向减振器93均与减振器安装座97相连。The outer surface of the connecting seat 3 is provided with a shock absorber mounting portion 324 for connecting the anti-snaking shock absorber 91, the anti-rolling torsion rod 92 and the vertical shock absorber 93. Specifically, a shock absorber mounting seat 97 is used to fix on the shock absorber mounting portion 324, and the anti-snaking shock absorber 91, the anti-rolling torsion rod 92 and the vertical shock absorber 93 are all connected to the shock absorber mounting seat 97.
上述减振器安装座97可以采用钢板焊接成箱型结构,其上设置有用于与各减振器相连的接口。The above-mentioned shock absorber mounting seat 97 can be welded with steel plates into a box-shaped structure, and an interface for connecting with each shock absorber is provided on it.
图64为本申请实施例二提供的横向减振器分别与牵引销和连接座相连的结构示意图。如图64所示,横向减振器94沿横向方向延伸,其一端与牵引销42相连,另一端与连接座3相连。具体的,在连接座3中的第二座体内侧板322上开设连接孔,横向减振器94的外侧端部可通过螺栓穿过该连接孔并配合螺母进行固定。Fig. 64 is a schematic structural diagram of the transverse shock absorber provided in the second embodiment of the application connected with the traction pin and the connecting seat. As shown in FIG. 64, the transverse damper 94 extends in the transverse direction, one end of which is connected to the traction pin 42, and the other end is connected to the connecting seat 3. Specifically, a connecting hole is opened on the inner side plate 322 of the second seat body in the connecting seat 3, and the outer end of the transverse shock absorber 94 can be fixed through the connecting hole by bolts and matched with a nut.
在牵引销42的底端连接有横向减振器安装座941,横向减振器安装座941可通过螺栓固定在牵引销42上。横向减振器94的内侧端部可通过螺栓与横向减振器安装座941固定连接。A transverse damper mounting seat 941 is connected to the bottom end of the traction pin 42, and the transverse damper mounting seat 941 can be fixed on the traction pin 42 by bolts. The inner end of the transverse damper 94 can be fixedly connected to the transverse damper mounting seat 941 by bolts.
进一步的,如图1和图2、图42至图45、图47和图48所示,若侧梁2采用碳纤维、玻璃纤维等纤维材料制成,其弹性较好,但是刚性不足以达到较好的抗侧滚效果。因此,可以采用抗侧滚连杆96连接在横向两侧的单拉杆95之间。抗侧滚连杆96沿横向方向延伸,例如:当车辆通过交叉三角坑的时候,两侧车轮高度差较大,两个侧梁及车体相对位置未变,使连杆发生扭转,当某个车轮12的垂向高度过高时,抗侧滚连杆96能够对其施加向下的垂向力,使其与轨道贴紧,避免发生脱轨事故,降低轨道车辆侧翻的风险。Further, as shown in Figure 1 and Figure 2, Figure 42 to Figure 45, Figure 47 and Figure 48, if the side beam 2 is made of carbon fiber, glass fiber and other fiber materials, its elasticity is better, but the rigidity is not enough to achieve a higher Good anti-rolling effect. Therefore, the anti-rolling connecting rod 96 can be used to connect between the single tie rods 95 on both lateral sides. The anti-rolling connecting rod 96 extends in the transverse direction. For example, when the vehicle passes through a crossing triangle pit, the height difference between the wheels on both sides is large, and the relative position of the two side beams and the vehicle body remains unchanged, causing the connecting rod to twist. When the vertical height of each wheel 12 is too high, the anti-rolling connecting rod 96 can apply a downward vertical force to it to make it close to the rail, avoiding derailment accidents and reducing the risk of rolling over of the rail vehicle.
实施例三Example three
本实施例提供另一种转向架的实现方式。This embodiment provides another way to realize the bogie.
图65为本申请实施例三提供的转向架的结构示意图。如图65所示,本实施例提供的转向架包括两个相互独立的侧梁2,两个侧梁2平行,且沿纵向方向延伸。轴箱13位于车轮12的内侧,贴近车轮12。侧梁2的端部通过一系悬 挂装置7与轴箱13相连,一系悬挂7起到对侧梁2进行支撑和缓冲垂向力的作用。Figure 65 is a schematic structural diagram of a bogie provided in Embodiment 3 of the application. As shown in Fig. 65, the bogie provided in this embodiment includes two mutually independent side beams 2, which are parallel and extend in the longitudinal direction. The axle box 13 is located inside the wheel 12 and close to the wheel 12. The end of the side beam 2 is connected to the axle box 13 through a series of suspension devices 7, and the first series of suspension 7 functions to support the side beam 2 and buffer the vertical force.
每个侧梁2的中部均设置有一个连接座3,连接座3的顶部设置有二系悬挂装置8。二系悬挂装置8的顶部与车体相连,用于对车体进行支撑以及缓冲垂向力的作用。Each side beam 2 is provided with a connecting seat 3 in the middle, and the top of the connecting seat 3 is provided with a secondary suspension device 8. The top of the secondary suspension device 8 is connected to the vehicle body, and is used to support the vehicle body and buffer the vertical force.
牵引装置4连接在两个连接座3之间,可用于传递横向力。牵引装置4的顶部与车体相连,用于向车体传递牵引力或制动力。The traction device 4 is connected between the two connecting seats 3 and can be used to transmit lateral force. The top of the traction device 4 is connected with the vehicle body for transmitting traction or braking force to the vehicle body.
连接座3的外侧表面设置有制动安装座,用于安装制动装置6。制动装置6中的制动单元延伸至车轮12的两侧,在制动状态下抱紧车轮12的轮盘面进行制动。The outer surface of the connecting seat 3 is provided with a brake mounting seat for installing the brake device 6. The brake unit in the brake device 6 extends to both sides of the wheel 12, and holds the disc surface of the wheel 12 for braking in a braking state.
连接座3的外侧表面设置有减振器安装部324,用于连接抗蛇行减振器91、抗侧滚扭杆92和垂向减振器93。The outer surface of the connecting seat 3 is provided with a shock absorber mounting portion 324 for connecting the anti-snaking shock absorber 91, the anti-rolling torsion rod 92 and the vertical shock absorber 93.
图66为本申请实施例三提供的转向架中侧梁的结构示意图。如图65和66所示,本实施例提供的侧梁2为箱型结构,可以由钢板焊接而成,也可以由碳纤维或玻璃纤维材料构成。侧梁2的横向宽度呈中间宽两端窄,侧梁2的垂向厚度呈中间厚两端薄,且侧梁的中间向下凹陷形成鱼腹状,以使侧梁2的中部强度较大。FIG. 66 is a schematic structural diagram of a side beam of a bogie provided in Embodiment 3 of the application. As shown in FIGS. 65 and 66, the side beam 2 provided in this embodiment is a box-shaped structure, which may be welded by steel plates, or may be composed of carbon fiber or glass fiber materials. The lateral width of the side sill 2 is wide in the middle and narrow at both ends, the vertical thickness of the side sill 2 is thick in the middle and thin at the ends, and the middle of the side sill is recessed downward to form a fish belly, so that the middle of the side sill 2 is stronger .
图67为本申请实施例三提供的转向架中侧梁通过一系悬挂装置与轴箱装配的平面侧视图,图68为本申请实施例三提供的转向架中侧梁的一端与一系悬挂装置、轴箱装配的爆炸视图,图69为本申请实施例三提供的转向架中一系悬挂装置的结构示意图,图70为本申请实施例三提供的转向架中一系悬挂装置的剖视图。Figure 67 is a plan side view of the bogie mid-side beam provided in the third embodiment of the application assembling the axle box through a series of suspension devices, and Figure 68 is the one end of the bogie mid-side beam and the first series of suspension provided in the third embodiment of the application An exploded view of the assembly of the device and the axle box. FIG. 69 is a schematic structural diagram of the primary suspension device in the bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application, and FIG. 70 is a cross-sectional view of the primary suspension device in the bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application.
如图67和68所示,侧梁2的端部通过一系悬挂装置7进行支撑,一系悬挂装置7的底端与轴箱13相连。下面对一系悬挂装置7的实现进行详细说明:As shown in FIGS. 67 and 68, the end of the side beam 2 is supported by a suspension device 7, and the bottom end of the suspension device 7 is connected to the axle box 13. The realization of the first series suspension device 7 will be described in detail below:
如图69和图70所示,一系悬挂装置7包括:一系刚性支撑层701、一系弹性缓冲层702和一系刚性支撑基层704。其中,一系刚性支撑基层704设置 在底端,用于与轴箱13接触。一系弹性缓冲层702和一系刚性支撑层701交替层叠设置在一系刚性支撑基层704的上方,一系弹性缓冲层702与一系刚性支撑基层704接触。位于最顶端的是一系刚性支撑层701,用于与侧梁2的底面接触。As shown in FIGS. 69 and 70, a series of suspension devices 7 includes: a series of rigid support layers 701, a series of elastic buffer layers 702, and a series of rigid support base layers 704. Among them, a series of rigid support base layer 704 is arranged at the bottom end for contact with the axle box 13. A series of elastic buffer layers 702 and a series of rigid support layers 701 are alternately stacked on top of a series of rigid support base layers 704, and a series of elastic buffer layers 702 are in contact with a series of rigid support base layers 704. At the top is a series of rigid support layers 701 for contact with the bottom surface of the side beam 2.
上述一系刚性支撑基层704和一系刚性支撑层701可采用刚性材料制成,主要起支撑作用,使一系悬挂装置7的整体形状保持不变。一系弹性缓冲层702可采用弹性材料制成,能够发生弹性变形,以对侧梁2与轴箱13之间的垂向力进行缓冲。一系刚性支撑层701和一系刚性支撑基层704可以采用金属材料制成金属层,一系弹性缓冲层702可采用橡胶制成橡胶层。各一系刚性支撑层701、一系弹性缓冲层702和一系刚性支撑基层704采用硫化的方式固定形成一个整体。The first series of rigid support base layer 704 and the first series of rigid support layer 701 can be made of rigid materials, which mainly play a supporting role, so that the overall shape of the series of suspension devices 7 remains unchanged. The first series of elastic buffer layer 702 can be made of elastic material and can be elastically deformed to buffer the vertical force between the side beam 2 and the axle box 13. The first series of rigid support layer 701 and the first series of rigid support base layer 704 can be made of metal material, and the first series of elastic buffer layer 702 can be made of rubber. Each of a series of rigid support layer 701, a series of elastic buffer layer 702 and a series of rigid support base layer 704 are fixed to form a whole by vulcanization.
一系悬挂装置7的顶面呈中间高两端低的形状。对应的,在侧梁2端部的底面设置有一系容纳凹部26,一系容纳凹部26的形状与一系悬挂装置7的顶面形状相匹配,以使一系悬挂装置7的顶部可容纳于一系容纳凹部26内。在侧梁2与一系悬挂装置7的装配过程中,能够达到快速定位和装配的效果,提高生产效率。The top surface of the primary suspension device 7 is a shape with a high middle and low ends. Correspondingly, a receiving recess 26 is provided on the bottom surface of the end of the side beam 2. The shape of the receiving recess 26 matches the shape of the top surface of the suspension device 7, so that the top of the suspension device 7 can be accommodated in A series of accommodating recesses 26. During the assembly process of the side beam 2 and the primary suspension device 7, the effect of rapid positioning and assembly can be achieved, and the production efficiency can be improved.
而且,若侧梁2采用碳纤维、玻璃纤维等纤维材料制成,其具有一定的挠性。当侧梁2的中部受到车体的垂向压力时,会发生一定的变形,侧梁2两端之间的纵向距离缩小,造成侧梁2的端部相对于一系悬挂装置7沿纵向移动一定距离。采用上述一系悬挂装置7与侧梁2进行定位装配的方式,还能够适应侧梁2的纵向移动,即:一系悬挂装置7不会阻碍侧梁2的纵向移动。Moreover, if the side beam 2 is made of fiber materials such as carbon fiber and glass fiber, it has a certain degree of flexibility. When the middle part of the side beam 2 is subjected to the vertical pressure of the car body, a certain deformation occurs, and the longitudinal distance between the two ends of the side beam 2 is reduced, causing the end of the side beam 2 to move longitudinally relative to the first suspension device 7 A certain distance. The above-mentioned method of positioning and assembly of the primary suspension device 7 and the side beam 2 can also adapt to the longitudinal movement of the side beam 2, that is, the primary suspension device 7 will not hinder the longitudinal movement of the side beam 2.
具体的,一系刚性支撑基层704的底面为平面,顶面的中部向上凸起形成中间高两端低的形状。一系弹性缓冲层702为厚度均匀、中部向上凸起的板状结构,其凸起的形状与一系刚性支撑基层704的顶面相匹配。一系刚性支撑层701为厚度均匀、中部向上凸起的板状结构,其凸起的形状与一系刚性支撑基层704的顶面相匹配。Specifically, the bottom surface of a series of rigid support base layer 704 is flat, and the middle part of the top surface bulges upward to form a shape with a middle high and low ends. A series of elastic buffer layer 702 is a plate-like structure with uniform thickness and a convex middle part, and its convex shape matches with the top surface of a series of rigid support base layer 704. A series of rigid support layer 701 is a plate-like structure with uniform thickness and a convex middle part, and its convex shape matches the top surface of a series of rigid support base layer 704.
从一系刚性支撑基层704的底面开始向内部开设一系定位孔703,一系定位孔703的深度与轴箱13上设置的一系定位销25的长度相匹配。A series of positioning holes 703 are opened from the bottom surface of a series of rigid support base layer 704 to the inside. The depth of the series of positioning holes 703 matches the length of a series of positioning pins 25 provided on the axle box 13.
当然,除了本实施例所提供的上述实现方式之外,还可以采用其它的方式,例如:在侧梁2端部的底面设置凸部,对应将一系悬挂装置7的顶面设置凹部,也能达到相同的快速定位效果。Of course, in addition to the above-mentioned implementation provided by this embodiment, other methods can also be used. For example, a convex portion is provided on the bottom surface of the end of the side beam 2, and a concave portion is provided on the top surface of the primary suspension device 7. The same fast positioning effect can be achieved.
侧梁2的中部上表面设置有侧梁连接销24,用于与连接座3相连。连接座3的实现方式可参照上述实施例,本实施例不再重复说明。图71为本申请实施例三提供的转向架中侧梁与连接座相连的爆炸视图,图72为本申请实施例三提供的转向架中侧梁与连接座相连的外侧角度视图,图73为本申请实施例三提供的转向架中侧梁与连接座相连的内侧角度视图。如图71至图73所示,侧梁2从连接座3中间穿过,侧梁连接销24向上穿过连接座3上的侧梁连接孔3211,再穿入二系悬挂装置8内。The upper surface of the middle part of the side beam 2 is provided with a side beam connecting pin 24 for connecting with the connecting seat 3. The implementation of the connection base 3 can refer to the above-mentioned embodiment, and the description will not be repeated in this embodiment. Figure 71 is an exploded view of the middle side beam of the bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application connected to the connecting seat. Figure 72 is an outside angle view of the middle side beam of the bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application connected to the connecting seat. The third embodiment of the present application provides an inside angle view of the side beam of the bogie connected to the connecting seat. As shown in FIGS. 71 to 73, the side beam 2 passes through the middle of the connecting seat 3, and the side beam connecting pin 24 passes upward through the side beam connecting hole 3211 on the connecting seat 3, and then penetrates into the secondary suspension device 8.
图74为本申请实施例三提供的转向架中侧梁、连接座与牵引装置相连的结构示意图。如图74所示,牵引装置4连接在两个连接座3之间,牵引装置4的具体实现方式可参照上述实施例。图74示出了一种牵引梁41为框形结构的实现方式,另外一种牵引梁41为杆状结构的实现方式也适用于本实施例所提供的转向架。Fig. 74 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the middle side beam, the connecting seat and the traction device of the bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application. As shown in FIG. 74, the traction device 4 is connected between the two connecting seats 3, and the specific implementation of the traction device 4 can refer to the above-mentioned embodiment. FIG. 74 shows an implementation manner in which the traction beam 41 is a frame-shaped structure, and another implementation manner in which the traction beam 41 is a rod-shaped structure is also applicable to the bogie provided in this embodiment.
图75为本申请实施例三提供的转向架中连接座与轴箱之间设置有单拉杆的结构示意图。如图75所示,在轴箱13与连接座3之间连接有沿纵向方向延伸的单拉杆95,单拉杆95用于在轴箱13与连接座3之间传递纵向力。单拉杆95的具体实现方式可参照上述实施例,此处不再赘述。Figure 75 is a schematic structural diagram of a single tie rod provided between the connecting seat and the axle box in the bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application. As shown in FIG. 75, a single tie rod 95 extending in the longitudinal direction is connected between the axle box 13 and the connecting seat 3, and the single tie rod 95 is used to transmit longitudinal force between the axle box 13 and the connecting seat 3. For the specific implementation of the single pull rod 95, please refer to the above-mentioned embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
上述实施例可作为非动力转向架。若在转向架上设置驱动的装置,则可作为动力转向架。图76为本申请实施例三提供的动力转向架的结构示意图。如图76所示,驱动装置5包括:直驱电机51和平衡杆52,其中,直驱电机51设置在车轴11上,位于两个轴箱13之间。平衡杆52的一端与直驱电机51的壳体相连,另一端与连接座3相连。驱动装置5的具体实现方式可参照上述实 施例,本实施例不做重复说明。The above embodiment can be used as a non-powered bogie. If a driving device is installed on the bogie, it can be used as a power bogie. Fig. 76 is a schematic structural diagram of a power bogie provided in the third embodiment of the application. As shown in FIG. 76, the driving device 5 includes a direct drive motor 51 and a balance bar 52. The direct drive motor 51 is arranged on the axle 11 and is located between the two axle boxes 13. One end of the balance bar 52 is connected with the housing of the direct drive motor 51, and the other end is connected with the connecting base 3. The specific implementation of the driving device 5 can refer to the above-mentioned embodiment, and this embodiment will not repeat the description.
本实施例提供的转向架,其余各部分均可参照上述各实施例来实现,本实施例不做重复说明。The remaining parts of the bogie provided in this embodiment can be implemented with reference to the foregoing embodiments, and this embodiment will not repeat the description.
上述实施例二和实施例三中,轴箱13均位于车轮12的内侧。除此之外,轴箱13还可以设置在车轮12的外侧,相应的,侧梁2的端部也延伸至车轮12的外侧以与轴箱13通过一系悬挂装置7装配。连接座3通过单拉杆95与轴箱13相连,连接座3上还连接有制动装置6,制动装置6的位置与车轮12对应,因此,连接座3的结构可进行适应性调整,满足各部件的装配即可。In the second and third embodiments described above, the axle box 13 is located inside the wheel 12. In addition, the axle box 13 can also be arranged on the outer side of the wheel 12. Correspondingly, the end of the side beam 2 also extends to the outer side of the wheel 12 to be assembled with the axle box 13 through a series of suspension devices 7. The connecting seat 3 is connected to the axle box 13 through a single tie rod 95. The connecting seat 3 is also connected with a brake device 6, and the position of the brake device 6 corresponds to the wheel 12. Therefore, the structure of the connecting seat 3 can be adjusted adaptively to meet Assemble the components.
当轴箱13位于车轮12的外侧时,轴箱13的箱体131与车轴11之间设置有轴承。对于采用直驱电机51的动力转向架而言,电机壳体511与转子512之间也设置有轴承,以确保直驱电机51正常工作。When the axle box 13 is located outside the wheel 12, a bearing is provided between the box body 131 of the axle box 13 and the axle 11. For the power bogie adopting the direct drive motor 51, a bearing is also arranged between the motor housing 511 and the rotor 512 to ensure the normal operation of the direct drive motor 51.
实施例四Example four
本实施例提供一种轨道车辆,可以采用如上述任一实施方式所提供的转向架。This embodiment provides a rail vehicle, which can use the bogie provided in any of the foregoing embodiments.
本实施例提供的轨道车辆,应用上述转向架,采用两个独立的侧梁横跨在两组轮对上,两个侧梁相互平行,侧梁的端部位于轴箱上方,通过轴箱进行支撑;在每个侧梁的中部设置一个连接座,牵引装置连接在两个连接座之间,用于向车体提供牵引力或制动力。由于两个侧梁是独立的,体积较小,重量较轻,制造过程的难度较小,在后续与其它部件进行装配的过程中,吊装过程较为轻便,能够简化对位找正的操作,进而缩短转向架的生产时间,以提高整个轨道车辆的生产效率。The rail vehicle provided by this embodiment uses the above-mentioned bogie, and uses two independent side beams to span two sets of wheels. The two side beams are parallel to each other, and the ends of the side beams are located above the axle box. Support; A connecting seat is provided in the middle of each side beam, and the traction device is connected between the two connecting seats to provide traction or braking force to the vehicle body. Since the two side beams are independent, the volume is small, the weight is lighter, and the manufacturing process is less difficult. In the subsequent assembly process with other components, the hoisting process is relatively light, which can simplify the alignment and alignment operations. Shorten the production time of the bogie to improve the production efficiency of the entire rail vehicle.
在本申请的描述中,需要理解的是,术语“中心”、“纵向”、“横向”、“长度”、“宽度”、“厚度”、“上”、“下”、“前”、“后”、“左”、“右”、“竖直”、“水平”、“顶”、“底”“内”、“外”等指示的方位或位置关系为基于附图所示的方 位或位置关系,仅是为了便于描述本申请和简化描述,而不是指示或暗示所指的装置或元件必须具有特定的方位、以特定的方位构造和操作,因此不能理解为对本申请的限制。In the description of this application, it should be understood that the terms "center", "longitudinal", "transverse", "length", "width", "thickness", "upper", "lower", "front", " The orientation or positional relationship indicated by “back”, “left”, “right”, “vertical”, “horizontal”, “top”, “bottom”, “inner”, and “outer” are based on the orientation shown in the drawings or The positional relationship is only for the convenience of describing the application and simplifying the description, rather than indicating or implying that the device or element referred to must have a specific orientation, be constructed and operated in a specific orientation, and therefore cannot be understood as a limitation of the application.
此外,术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此,限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征。在本申请的描述中,“多个”的含义是至少两个,例如两个,三个等,除非另有明确具体的限定。In addition, the terms "first" and "second" are only used for descriptive purposes, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of indicated technical features. Thus, the features defined with "first" and "second" may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of these features. In the description of the present application, "a plurality of" means at least two, such as two, three, etc., unless specifically defined otherwise.
在本申请中,除非另有明确的规定和限定,术语“安装”、“相连”、“连接”、“固定”等术语应做广义理解,例如,可以是固定连接,也可以是可拆卸连接,或成一体;可以是机械连接,也可以是电连接或可以互相通讯;可以是直接相连,也可以通过中间媒介间接相连,可以是两个元件内部的连通或两个元件的相互作用关系。对于本领域的普通技术人员而言,可以根据具体情况理解上述术语在本申请中的具体含义。In this application, unless otherwise clearly specified and limited, the terms "installed", "connected", "connected", "fixed" and other terms should be understood in a broad sense, for example, it can be a fixed connection or a detachable connection , Or integrated; it can be mechanically connected, or it can be electrically connected or can communicate with each other; it can be directly connected, or indirectly connected through an intermediate medium, it can be the internal communication of two components or the interaction of two components. For those of ordinary skill in the art, the specific meanings of the above terms in this application can be understood according to specific circumstances.
尽管已描述了本申请的一些可选的实施例,但本领域内的技术人员一旦得知了基本创造性概念,则可对这些实施例作出另外的变更和修改。所以,所附权利要求意欲解释为包括一些可选的实施例以及落入本申请范围的所有变更和修改。Although some optional embodiments of the present application have been described, those skilled in the art can make additional changes and modifications to these embodiments once they learn the basic creative concept. Therefore, the appended claims are intended to be interpreted as including some optional embodiments and all changes and modifications falling within the scope of the present application.
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the application without departing from the spirit and scope of the application. In this way, if these modifications and variations of this application fall within the scope of the claims of this application and their equivalent technologies, this application also intends to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (71)

  1. 一种转向架,其特征在于,包括:A bogie, characterized in that it comprises:
    并排布设的两组轮对;所述轮对包括车轴及对称设置在车轴上的两个车轮;Two sets of wheel sets arranged side by side; the wheel sets include an axle and two wheels symmetrically arranged on the axle;
    横跨在两组轮对上方的两个侧梁;两个侧梁相互平行;Two side beams across the two sets of wheels; the two side beams are parallel to each other;
    轴箱,设置在所述轮对上,位于侧梁下方,用于支撑侧梁;The axle box is arranged on the wheel set and is located under the side beams for supporting the side beams;
    两个连接座,各设置在一个侧梁的中部;Two connecting seats, each set in the middle of a side beam;
    牵引装置,连接在两个连接座之间;所述牵引装置还用于与车体相连。The traction device is connected between the two connecting seats; the traction device is also used to connect with the vehicle body.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的转向架,其特征在于,还包括:The bogie according to claim 1, further comprising:
    驱动装置,设置在所述轮对上,用于直接驱动车轴转动。The driving device is arranged on the wheel set and is used to directly drive the axle to rotate.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的转向架,其特征在于,还包括:The bogie according to claim 1, further comprising:
    制动装置,连接在所述连接座上,用于在制动过程中夹紧所述车轮。The braking device is connected to the connecting seat and is used for clamping the wheel during braking.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的转向架,其特征在于,还包括:The bogie according to claim 1, further comprising:
    一系悬挂装置,设置在所述轴箱与侧梁之间。A series of suspension devices are arranged between the axle box and the side beams.
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的转向架,其特征在于,还包括:The bogie according to claim 1, further comprising:
    二系悬挂装置,设置在所述连接座上;所述二系悬挂装置的顶部用于与车体相连。The secondary suspension device is arranged on the connecting seat; the top of the secondary suspension device is used for connecting with the vehicle body.
  6. 根据权利要求4所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述侧梁的横向宽度呈中间宽两端窄;所述侧梁的垂向厚度呈中间厚两端薄,且侧梁的中间向下凹陷形成鱼腹状。The bogie according to claim 4, wherein the lateral width of the side beams is wide in the middle and narrow at both ends; the vertical thickness of the side beams is thick in the middle and thin at both ends, and the middle of the side beams is downward. The depression forms a fish belly.
  7. 根据权利要求4或6所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述一系悬挂装置包括:The bogie according to claim 4 or 6, wherein the primary suspension device includes:
    一系刚性支撑基层;A series of rigid supporting bases;
    交替层叠设置在一系刚性支撑基层上方的一系刚性支撑层和一系弹性缓冲层;位于最外侧的一系刚性支撑层与侧梁的底面接触。A series of rigid support layers and a series of elastic buffer layers are alternately stacked and arranged above a series of rigid support base layers; the outermost series of rigid support layers are in contact with the bottom surface of the side beams.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述侧梁的底面设有一系 容纳凹部;The bogie according to claim 7, wherein the bottom surface of the side beam is provided with a system accommodating recess;
    所述一系悬挂装置的顶面呈中间高两端低的形状,用于容纳于所述一系容纳凹部内,以与所述侧梁进行配合定位。The top surface of the first suspension device has a shape with a middle height and a low end, and is used to be accommodated in the first system accommodating recess for cooperating and positioning with the side beam.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述一系刚性支撑基层的底面为平面,顶面的中部向上凸起;The bogie according to claim 8, wherein the bottom surface of the primary rigid support base layer is flat, and the middle part of the top surface is convex upward;
    所述一系弹性缓冲层为厚度均匀、中部向上凸起的与一系刚性支撑基层顶面形状匹配的板状结构;The first series of elastic buffer layer is a plate-shaped structure with uniform thickness and upwardly convex middle part that matches the shape of the top surface of a series of rigid support base layers;
    所述一系刚性支撑层为厚度均匀、中部向上凸起的与一系刚性支撑基层顶面形状匹配的板状结构。The first series of rigid support layer is a plate-shaped structure with uniform thickness and upwardly convex middle part to match the shape of the top surface of the first series of rigid support base layer.
  10. 根据权利要求4所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述侧梁包括:The bogie according to claim 4, wherein the side beam comprises:
    第一梁板;First beam
    第二梁板,位于所述第一梁板的上方,与第一梁板之间具有预设距离;The second beam slab is located above the first beam slab and has a preset distance from the first beam slab;
    梁板缓冲件,设置在第一梁板的中部与第二梁板的中部之间。The beam plate buffer is arranged between the middle part of the first beam plate and the middle part of the second beam plate.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述一系悬挂装置包括:The bogie of claim 10, wherein the primary suspension device comprises:
    第一悬挂组件,设置在第一梁板与第二梁板之间;The first suspension component is arranged between the first beam plate and the second beam plate;
    第二悬挂组件,设置在第一梁板与轴箱之间。The second suspension assembly is arranged between the first beam plate and the axle box.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述第一悬挂组件包括:交替层叠设置的一系刚性支撑层和一系弹性缓冲层;位于最外侧的两个一系刚性支撑层上设有一系定位孔;The bogie according to claim 11, wherein the first suspension assembly comprises: a series of rigid support layers and a series of elastic buffer layers arranged alternately; on the outermost two series of rigid support layers With a series of positioning holes;
    所述第二梁板的底面和第一梁板的顶面均设有可对应穿入一系定位孔的一系定位销。Both the bottom surface of the second beam plate and the top surface of the first beam plate are provided with a series of positioning pins that can correspondingly penetrate a series of positioning holes.
  13. 根据权利要求11所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述第二悬挂组件包括:The bogie according to claim 11, wherein the second suspension assembly comprises:
    两个一系刚性支撑基层、以及位于两个一系刚性支撑基层之间且交替层叠设置的一系刚性支撑层和一系弹性缓冲层,所述一系弹性缓冲层与一系刚性支撑基层接触;两个一系刚性支撑基层均设有一系定位孔;Two series of rigid support base layers, and a series of rigid support layers and a series of elastic buffer layers located between the two series of rigid support base layers and alternately stacked, and the series of elastic buffer layers are in contact with the series of rigid support base layers ; Two series of rigid support bases are equipped with a series of positioning holes;
    所述第一梁板的底面和所述轴箱的顶部均设有可对应穿入一系定位孔的 一系定位销。Both the bottom surface of the first beam plate and the top of the axle box are provided with a series of positioning pins that can correspondingly penetrate into a series of positioning holes.
  14. 根据权利要求12或13所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述一系刚性支撑层为金属层;所述一系弹性缓冲层为橡胶层。The bogie according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the first series of rigid support layers are metal layers; and the first series of elastic buffer layers are rubber layers.
  15. 根据权利要求10、11、12或13所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述梁板缓冲件为橡胶件,与所述第一梁板和第二梁板紧密贴设。The bogie according to claim 10, 11, 12 or 13, wherein the beam plate buffering member is a rubber member and is closely attached to the first beam plate and the second beam plate.
  16. 根据权利要求10、11、12或13所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述梁板缓冲件与连接座相连;The bogie according to claim 10, 11, 12 or 13, wherein the beam plate buffer is connected to the connecting seat;
    当转向架所受车体载重量为第一载重量时,所述梁板缓冲件与第一梁板之间具有第一缓冲间隙;When the load of the car body received by the bogie is the first load, there is a first buffer gap between the beam plate buffer and the first beam plate;
    当转向架所受车体载重量为第二载重量时,所述梁板缓冲件下降至与第一梁板接触。When the load of the vehicle body received by the bogie is the second load, the beam plate buffer member is lowered to contact the first beam plate.
  17. 根据权利要求10、11、12或13所述的转向架,其特征在于,The bogie according to claim 10, 11, 12 or 13, characterized in that:
    所述第一梁板的横向宽度呈中间宽两端窄;所述第一梁板的垂向厚度呈中间厚两端薄,且第一梁板的中部向下凹陷形成鱼腹状;The lateral width of the first beam is wide in the middle and narrow at both ends; the vertical thickness of the first beam is thick in the middle and thin at both ends, and the middle of the first beam is recessed downward to form a fish belly;
    所述第二梁板的横向宽度呈中间宽两端窄;所述第二梁板的垂向厚度呈中间厚两端薄,且第二梁板的中部向下凹陷形成鱼腹状。The lateral width of the second beam is wide in the middle and narrow at both ends; the vertical thickness of the second beam is thick in the middle and thin at both ends, and the middle of the second beam is recessed downward to form a fish belly shape.
  18. 根据权利要求10所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述第一梁板为碳纤维板;所述第二梁板为碳纤维板。The bogie according to claim 10, wherein the first beam plate is a carbon fiber plate; and the second beam plate is a carbon fiber plate.
  19. 根据权利要求5所述的转向架,其特征在于,还包括:The bogie according to claim 5, further comprising:
    侧梁连接销,其底端与侧梁固定,顶端自下而上穿过连接座后再插入二系悬挂装置内。The bottom end of the side beam connecting pin is fixed with the side beam, and the top end passes through the connecting seat from bottom to top and then is inserted into the secondary suspension device.
  20. 根据权利要求5所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述二系悬挂装置包括:The bogie according to claim 5, wherein the secondary suspension device comprises:
    交替层叠设置的二系刚性支撑层和二系弹性缓冲层;所述二系刚性支撑层位于最外侧。The secondary rigid support layer and the secondary elastic buffer layer are alternately stacked; the secondary rigid support layer is located on the outermost side.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述二系刚性支撑层的数量为三个,二系弹性缓冲层的数量为两个;两个二系弹性缓冲层分别设置在 相邻的两个二系刚性支撑层之间;沿着从位于外侧的二系刚性支撑层向位于内侧的刚性支撑层的方向,二系弹性缓冲层的横截面积逐渐减小。The bogie according to claim 20, wherein the number of the secondary rigid support layer is three, the number of the secondary elastic buffer layer is two; the two secondary elastic buffer layers are respectively arranged adjacent to each other Between the two secondary rigid support layers; along the direction from the secondary rigid support layer on the outer side to the rigid support layer on the inner side, the cross-sectional area of the secondary elastic buffer layer gradually decreases.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述二系刚性支撑层的横截面积为圆形;所述二系弹性缓冲层的横截面积为圆形。The bogie according to claim 21, wherein the cross-sectional area of the secondary rigid support layer is circular; the cross-sectional area of the secondary elastic buffer layer is circular.
  23. 根据权利要求20所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述二系刚性支撑层为金属层;所述二系弹性缓冲层为橡胶层。The bogie according to claim 20, wherein the secondary rigid support layer is a metal layer; and the secondary elastic buffer layer is a rubber layer.
  24. 根据权利要求1所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述牵引装置包括:The bogie according to claim 1, wherein the traction device comprises:
    牵引梁;所述牵引梁的两端分别与对应端的连接座相连;Traction beam; both ends of the traction beam are respectively connected to the connecting seat of the corresponding end;
    牵引销,其顶端用于与车体相连;The top of the traction pin is used to connect with the car body;
    牵引缓冲件,设置在所述牵引销与牵引梁之间。The traction buffer is arranged between the traction pin and the traction beam.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述牵引梁为杆状结构;The bogie according to claim 24, wherein the traction beam is a rod-shaped structure;
    所述牵引缓冲件包括:The traction buffer includes:
    上抱箍,与牵引销的底端相连;The upper hoop is connected with the bottom end of the traction pin;
    下抱箍,与所述上抱箍相连构成环形抱箍,所述环形抱箍抱设在牵引梁外侧;The lower hoop is connected with the upper hoop to form an annular hoop, and the annular hoop is arranged outside the traction beam;
    第一缓冲套,设置在环形抱箍与牵引梁之间。The first buffer sleeve is arranged between the annular hoop and the traction beam.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述第一缓冲套包括:The bogie according to claim 25, wherein the first buffer sleeve comprises:
    第一外层缓冲套,与所述环形抱箍过盈配合;The first outer buffer sleeve has an interference fit with the annular hoop;
    第一内层缓冲套,与所述牵引梁过盈配合;The first inner buffer sleeve is in interference fit with the traction beam;
    第一中间缓冲套,设置在第一外层缓冲套和第一内层缓冲套之间;所述第一中间缓冲套的端部设有沿轴向方向延伸的形变孔。The first middle buffer sleeve is arranged between the first outer buffer sleeve and the first inner buffer sleeve; the end of the first middle buffer sleeve is provided with a deformation hole extending in the axial direction.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述第一外层缓冲套和第一内层缓冲套均为金属套;所述第一中间缓冲套为橡胶套。The bogie according to claim 26, wherein the first outer buffer sleeve and the first inner buffer sleeve are both metal sleeves; and the first intermediate buffer sleeve is a rubber sleeve.
  28. 根据权利要求24、25、26或27所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述牵引装置还包括:The bogie according to claim 24, 25, 26 or 27, wherein the traction device further comprises:
    第二缓冲套,设置在所述牵引梁的端部与连接座之间。The second buffer sleeve is arranged between the end of the traction beam and the connecting seat.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述第二缓冲套包括:The bogie according to claim 28, wherein the second buffer sleeve comprises:
    第二外层缓冲套,与所述连接座上设置的牵引梁安装孔的内壁过盈配合;The second outer buffer sleeve has an interference fit with the inner wall of the traction beam mounting hole provided on the connecting seat;
    第二内层缓冲套,与所述牵引梁的端部过盈配合;The second inner buffer sleeve has an interference fit with the end of the traction beam;
    第二中间缓冲套,设置在所述第二外层缓冲套与第二内层缓冲套之间。The second intermediate buffer sleeve is arranged between the second outer buffer sleeve and the second inner buffer sleeve.
  30. 根据权利要求24所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述牵引梁为由横向框和纵向框围成的框形结构;所述牵引缓冲件位于所述框形结构围成的区域内,所述牵引销的底端插设在牵引缓冲件之间。The bogie according to claim 24, wherein the traction beam is a frame-shaped structure enclosed by a horizontal frame and a longitudinal frame; the traction buffer is located in the area enclosed by the frame-shaped structure, so The bottom end of the traction pin is inserted between the traction buffer members.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述牵引缓冲件包括:The bogie according to claim 30, wherein the traction buffer member comprises:
    围挡板,围设在牵引销的外部;Enclosure baffle, enclosed on the outside of the traction pin;
    牵引缓冲组件,设置在所述围挡板与横向框之间;The traction buffer assembly is arranged between the enclosure baffle and the horizontal frame;
    牵引缓冲连接螺栓,用于连接所述牵引缓冲组件与横向框。The traction buffer connecting bolt is used to connect the traction buffer assembly and the horizontal frame.
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述牵引缓冲件还包括:The bogie according to claim 31, wherein the traction buffer member further comprises:
    牵引缓冲调整垫片,设置在所述牵引缓冲组件与横向框之间;所述牵引缓冲调整垫片上设有可容纳牵引缓冲连接螺栓的垫片开口。The traction buffer adjustment gasket is arranged between the traction buffer assembly and the transverse frame; the traction buffer adjustment gasket is provided with a gasket opening that can accommodate the traction buffer connection bolt.
  33. 根据权利要求30所述的转向架,其特征在于,还包括:The bogie according to claim 30, further comprising:
    牵引连接销,一端与纵向框相连,另一端插入设置在连接座内侧面的牵引梁安装孔内。One end of the traction connecting pin is connected with the longitudinal frame, and the other end is inserted into the traction beam installation hole arranged on the inner side of the connecting seat.
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的转向架,其特征在于,还包括:The bogie according to claim 33, further comprising:
    牵引连接螺栓,穿过纵向框和连接座后与牵引连接螺母固定。The traction connecting bolt passes through the longitudinal frame and the connecting seat and is fixed with the traction connecting nut.
  35. 根据权利要求33所述的转向架,其特征在于,还包括:The bogie according to claim 33, further comprising:
    牵引缓冲连接套,压设在所述牵引连接销与牵引梁安装孔的内壁之间。The traction buffer connection sleeve is pressed between the traction connection pin and the inner wall of the traction beam installation hole.
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述牵引缓冲连接套包括:The bogie according to claim 35, wherein the traction buffer connecting sleeve comprises:
    牵引缓冲外层套,与所述牵引梁安装孔过盈配合;The outer sleeve of the traction buffer is in interference fit with the mounting hole of the traction beam;
    牵引缓冲内层套,与所述牵引连接销过盈配合;The inner sleeve of the traction buffer is in interference fit with the traction connecting pin;
    牵引缓冲中间套,设置在牵引缓冲外层套和牵引缓冲内层套之间。The traction buffer middle sleeve is arranged between the traction buffer outer layer sleeve and the traction buffer inner layer sleeve.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述牵引缓冲外层套和牵引缓冲内层套为金属套;所述牵引缓冲中间套为橡胶套;The bogie according to claim 36, wherein the traction buffer outer sleeve and the traction buffer inner sleeve are metal sleeves; the traction buffer middle sleeve is a rubber sleeve;
    所述牵引缓冲中间套的外周面为球面。The outer peripheral surface of the traction buffer intermediate sleeve is a spherical surface.
  38. 根据权利要求2所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述驱动装置包括:The bogie according to claim 2, wherein the driving device comprises:
    直驱电机,位于两个车轮之间;所述直驱电机包括:电机壳体、定子和转子;其中,所述转子与车轴相连,定子与电机壳体相连;The direct drive motor is located between two wheels; the direct drive motor includes a motor housing, a stator and a rotor; wherein the rotor is connected to the axle, and the stator is connected to the motor housing;
    平衡杆,连接在电机壳体与连接座之间。The balance rod is connected between the motor housing and the connecting seat.
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述轴箱位于车轮的内侧;所述电机壳体与轴箱的箱体相连。The bogie according to claim 38, wherein the axle box is located inside the wheel; the motor housing is connected to the box body of the axle box.
  40. 根据权利要求1所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述车轮包括:The bogie according to claim 1, wherein the wheels comprise:
    轮芯;所述轮芯的中心设有供车轴穿过的轴孔;Wheel core; the center of the wheel core is provided with a shaft hole for the axle to pass through;
    轮箍,套设在所述轮芯的外周面,与所述轮芯过盈配合;The wheel tyre is sleeved on the outer peripheral surface of the wheel core and has an interference fit with the wheel core;
    轮环,用于连接所述轮芯与轮箍。The wheel ring is used to connect the wheel core and the wheel tyre.
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述轮箍沿轴向一端的内周面设有限位凸缘;The bogie according to claim 40, wherein the inner peripheral surface of one end of the wheel tyre in the axial direction is provided with a limit flange;
    所述轮芯朝向与轮箍装配方向的端部设有可搭接在限位凸缘上的台阶面,所述限位凸缘用于限制所述轮芯沿装配方向从轮箍内脱出。The end of the wheel core facing the assembly direction of the wheel tyre is provided with a stepped surface that can be overlapped on the limit flange, and the limit flange is used to restrict the wheel core from falling out of the wheel tyre in the assembly direction.
  42. 根据权利要求40或41所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述轮箍沿轴向另一端的内周面设有轮环装配槽;The bogie according to claim 40 or 41, wherein the inner peripheral surface of the other end of the wheel tyre in the axial direction is provided with a wheel ring assembly groove;
    所述轮环插设于所述轮环装配槽内,内边缘将所述轮芯压紧在轮箍内。The wheel ring is inserted in the wheel ring assembly groove, and the inner edge presses the wheel core in the wheel tyre.
  43. 根据权利要求40所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述轮芯采用铝基石墨烯材料、铝合金或镁合金制成。The bogie according to claim 40, wherein the wheel core is made of aluminum-based graphene material, aluminum alloy or magnesium alloy.
  44. 根据权利要求3所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述制动装置包括:The bogie according to claim 3, wherein the braking device comprises:
    制动单元;Brake unit
    制动单元连接件,与所述制动单元相连;所述制动单元连接件具有第一垂向安装面,用于与设置在连接座上的第二垂向安装面贴合进行装配连接。The brake unit connecting piece is connected to the brake unit; the brake unit connecting piece has a first vertical mounting surface, which is used for fitting and connecting with a second vertical mounting surface provided on the connecting seat.
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述制动单元连接件上设有中心线垂直于第一垂向安装面的制动连接件螺栓孔,通过所述制动连接件螺栓孔与连接座相连。The bogie according to claim 44, wherein the brake unit connecting piece is provided with a brake connecting piece bolt hole whose center line is perpendicular to the first vertical mounting surface, and the brake connecting piece bolt The hole is connected with the connecting seat.
  46. 根据权利要求44或45所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述第一垂向安装面设有第一承托部,所述第二垂向安装面设有与第一承托部形状匹配的第二承托部;所述第二承托部用于对第一承托部施加向上的承托力。The bogie according to claim 44 or 45, wherein the first vertical mounting surface is provided with a first supporting part, and the second vertical mounting surface is provided with a shape matching the first supporting part. The second supporting portion; the second supporting portion is used to apply an upward supporting force to the first supporting portion.
  47. 根据权利要求46所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述第一承托部为开设在第一垂向安装面的承托槽,所述承托槽的长度方向与水平面平行;所述承托槽位于第一垂向安装面沿垂向方向的中部位置;The bogie according to claim 46, wherein the first supporting portion is a supporting groove opened on the first vertical mounting surface, and the length direction of the supporting groove is parallel to the horizontal plane; The bracket is located in the middle of the first vertical installation surface along the vertical direction;
    所述第二承托部为凸出于第二垂向安装面的承托键,所述承托键可容纳于承托槽内;所述承托键凸出于第二垂向安装面的高度小于承托槽的深度。The second supporting portion is a supporting key protruding from the second vertical mounting surface, and the supporting key can be accommodated in the supporting groove; the supporting key protruding from the second vertical mounting surface The height is less than the depth of the bracket.
  48. 根据权利要求1所述的转向架,其特征在于,还包括:The bogie according to claim 1, further comprising:
    单拉杆,沿纵向方向延伸,连接在轴箱与连接座之间。A single tie rod extends in the longitudinal direction and is connected between the axle box and the connecting seat.
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的转向架,其特征在于,还包括:第一拉杆连接组件,用于连接所述单拉杆与轴箱;The bogie according to claim 48, further comprising: a first tie rod connecting assembly for connecting the single tie rod and the axle box;
    所述第一拉杆连接组件包括:The first pull rod connection assembly includes:
    第一芯轴,插设在单拉杆一端开设的第一拉杆孔内;所述第一芯轴的两端露出在第一拉杆孔的外部;第一芯轴的两端各设有第一芯轴螺栓孔;The first mandrel is inserted into the first pull rod hole opened at one end of the single pull rod; both ends of the first mandrel are exposed outside the first pull rod hole; both ends of the first mandrel are provided with first cores Shaft bolt hole;
    拉杆连接螺柱,其一端固定于轴箱上设置的拉杆螺纹孔内,另一端穿过所述第一芯轴螺栓孔后与第一拉杆连接螺母相连。The tie rod connection stud has one end fixed in the tie rod threaded hole provided on the axle box, and the other end passes through the first mandrel bolt hole and is connected to the first tie rod connection nut.
  50. 根据权利要求49所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述第一芯轴包括:The bogie according to claim 49, wherein the first mandrel comprises:
    第一芯轴体;First mandrel body;
    第一芯轴外套,套设在所述第一芯轴体上,且与所述第一拉杆孔过盈配合;The first mandrel casing is sleeved on the first mandrel body and is in interference fit with the first tie rod hole;
    第一芯轴缓冲套,设置在第一芯轴体与第一芯轴外套之间。The first mandrel buffer sleeve is arranged between the first mandrel body and the first mandrel outer sleeve.
  51. 根据权利要求48所述的转向架,其特征在于,还包括:第二拉杆连接组件,用于连接所述单拉杆与连接座;The bogie according to claim 48, further comprising: a second tie rod connecting assembly for connecting the single tie rod and the connecting seat;
    所述第二拉杆连接组件包括:The second pull rod connection assembly includes:
    第二芯轴,插设在单拉杆另一端开设的第二拉杆孔内;所述第二芯轴的两端露出在第二拉杆孔的外部;第二芯轴的两端各设有第二芯轴螺栓孔;The second mandrel is inserted into the second pull rod hole opened at the other end of the single pull rod; both ends of the second mandrel are exposed outside the second pull rod hole; both ends of the second mandrel are provided with second Mandrel bolt hole;
    拉杆连接螺栓,依次穿过连接座上设置的拉杆连接孔与第二芯轴螺栓孔后与第二拉杆连接螺母固定连接。The tie rod connecting bolts sequentially pass through the tie rod connecting holes and the second core shaft bolt holes provided on the connecting seat, and then are fixedly connected with the second tie rod connecting nuts.
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的转向架,其特征在于,第二芯轴包括:The bogie of claim 51, wherein the second mandrel comprises:
    第二芯轴体;Second mandrel body;
    第二芯轴外套,套设在所述第二芯轴体上,且与所述第二拉杆孔过盈配合;The second mandrel jacket is sleeved on the second mandrel body and is in interference fit with the second tie rod hole;
    第二芯轴缓冲套,设置在第二芯轴体与第二芯轴外套之间。The second mandrel buffer sleeve is arranged between the second mandrel body and the second mandrel outer sleeve.
  53. 根据权利要求48所述的转向架,其特征在于,还包括:The bogie according to claim 48, further comprising:
    抗侧滚连杆,沿横向方向延伸,连接在两个单拉杆之间。The anti-rolling connecting rod extends in the transverse direction and is connected between two single tie rods.
  54. 根据权利要求1或53所述的转向架,其特征在于,还包括:The bogie according to claim 1 or 53, further comprising:
    抗侧滚扭杆,通过减振器安装座与所述连接座相连,还用于与车体相连。The anti-side-rolling torsion rod is connected to the connecting seat through the shock absorber mounting seat, and is also used to connect to the vehicle body.
  55. 根据权利要求1所述的转向架,其特征在于,还包括:The bogie according to claim 1, further comprising:
    抗蛇行减振器,其一端通过减振器安装座与连接座相连,另一端用于与车体相连。The anti-snaking shock absorber has one end connected to the connecting seat through the shock absorber mounting seat, and the other end is used to connect to the vehicle body.
  56. 根据权利要求1所述的转向架,其特征在于,还包括:The bogie according to claim 1, further comprising:
    垂向减振器,其一端通过减振器安装座与连接座相连,另一端用于与车体相连。One end of the vertical shock absorber is connected to the connecting seat through the shock absorber mounting seat, and the other end is used to connect to the vehicle body.
  57. 根据权利要求30所述的转向架,其特征在于,还包括:The bogie according to claim 30, further comprising:
    横向减振器,其一端与牵引销相连,另一端与连接座相连。One end of the transverse shock absorber is connected with the traction pin, and the other end is connected with the connecting seat.
  58. 根据权利要求1所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述连接座包括:The bogie according to claim 1, wherein the connecting seat comprises:
    第一座体;First body
    第二座体,位于第一座体上方,与第一座体相连且与第一座体围成可供侧梁穿过的通道。The second seat body is located above the first seat body, is connected to the first seat body and surrounds the first seat body to form a passage through which the side beam can pass.
  59. 根据权利要求58所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述第二座体包括:The bogie according to claim 58, wherein the second seat body comprises:
    座体顶板;Seat top plate;
    第二座体内侧板,其顶端连接至所述座体顶板的横向内侧边缘;The top end of the second inner side plate of the seat body is connected to the lateral inner edge of the top plate of the seat body;
    第二座体外侧板,其顶端连接至所述座体顶板的横向外侧边缘;所述第二座体外侧板与第二座体内侧板之间的横向距离大于侧梁中部的横向宽度。The top end of the second seat body outer plate is connected to the lateral outer edge of the seat body top plate; the lateral distance between the second seat body outer plate and the second seat body inner plate is greater than the lateral width of the middle part of the side beam.
  60. 根据权利要求58或59所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述第一座体包括:The bogie according to claim 58 or 59, wherein the first seat body comprises:
    座体底板;Base plate
    座体连接部,设置在所述座体底板上,用于与第二座体相连。The seat body connecting portion is arranged on the seat body bottom plate and is used to connect with the second seat body.
  61. 根据权利要求59所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述座体顶板上设置有用于与平衡杆一端相连的平衡杆接口,所述平衡杆的另一端与设置在轮对上的驱动电机的壳体相连。The bogie according to claim 59, wherein the top plate of the seat body is provided with a balance bar interface for connecting with one end of the balance bar, and the other end of the balance bar is connected to the drive motor provided on the wheel set. The shell is connected.
  62. 根据权利要求61所述的转向架,其特征在于,还包括:The bogie according to claim 61, further comprising:
    平衡杆连接件,用于连接平衡杆接口与平衡杆;所述平衡杆连接件包括:The balance rod connector is used to connect the balance rod interface and the balance rod; the balance rod connector includes:
    平衡杆芯轴,插设在平衡杆端部的平衡杆连接孔内;所述平衡杆芯轴的两端露出所述平衡杆连接孔;所述平衡杆芯轴的两端各设置有平衡杆芯轴连接孔;The balance bar mandrel is inserted into the balance bar connecting hole at the end of the balance bar; both ends of the balance bar mandrel expose the balance bar connection hole; both ends of the balance bar mandrel are provided with balance bars Mandrel connection hole;
    平衡杆连接螺栓,穿过所述平衡杆芯轴连接孔并固定在所述平衡杆接口上设置的平衡杆螺纹孔内。The balance rod connecting bolt passes through the balance rod mandrel connecting hole and is fixed in the balance rod threaded hole provided on the balance rod interface.
  63. 根据权利要求62所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述平衡杆接口为设置在座体顶板内侧顶角上的平衡杆连接凸部,所述平衡杆连接凸部设有用于容纳平衡杆端部的平衡杆让位槽;所述平衡杆让位槽两侧的连接凸部的端面设有所述平衡杆螺纹孔。The bogie according to claim 62, characterized in that the balance bar interface is a balance bar connecting convex portion arranged on the inner corner of the top plate of the seat body, and the balance bar connecting convex portion is provided with an end portion for receiving the balance bar The balance rod relief groove; the balance rod threaded holes are provided on the end faces of the connecting protrusions on both sides of the balance rod relief groove.
  64. 根据权利要求59所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述第二座体外侧板的顶部设有制动安装座,所述制动安装座设有第二垂向安装面,以通过所述第二垂向安装面与制动装置上的第一垂向安装面相连。The bogie according to claim 59, wherein a brake mounting seat is provided on the top of the outer plate of the second seat body, and the brake mounting seat is provided with a second vertical mounting surface for passing through the The second vertical mounting surface is connected with the first vertical mounting surface on the braking device.
  65. 根据权利要求64所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述制动安装座设有中 心线沿水平方向延伸的安装座螺纹孔,以通过可穿入该安装座螺纹孔的螺栓对制动装置进行固定。The bogie according to claim 64, wherein the brake mounting seat is provided with a mounting seat threaded hole with a center line extending in the horizontal direction, so that a bolt that can penetrate into the mounting seat threaded hole is used for the braking device Fix it.
  66. 根据权利要求65所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述第二垂向安装面设有第二承托部,与设置在制动装置第一垂向安装面上的第一承托部形状相匹配;所述第二承托部用于对第一承托部施加向上的承托力。The bogie according to claim 65, wherein the second vertical mounting surface is provided with a second supporting portion, and the shape of the first supporting portion provided on the first vertical mounting surface of the braking device Match; the second supporting portion is used to apply an upward supporting force to the first supporting portion.
  67. 根据权利要求66所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述第二承托部为凸出于第二垂向安装面的承托键,所述承托键的长度方向与水平面平行;所述承托键设置在所述第二垂向安装面沿垂向方向的中部位置;The bogie according to claim 66, wherein the second supporting portion is a supporting key protruding from the second vertical mounting surface, and the length direction of the supporting key is parallel to the horizontal plane; The supporting key is arranged at the middle position of the second vertical installation surface along the vertical direction;
    所述第一承托部为开设在第一垂向安装面的承托槽,所述承托槽用于容纳所述承托键;所述承托键凸出于第二垂向安装面的高度小于承托槽的深度。The first supporting portion is a supporting groove opened on the first vertical mounting surface, and the supporting groove is used to accommodate the supporting key; the supporting key protrudes from the second vertical mounting surface The height is less than the depth of the bracket.
  68. 根据权利要求59所述的转向架,其特征在于,还包括:The bogie according to claim 59, further comprising:
    减振器连接座,设置在所述第二座体外侧板上;所述减振器连接座用于连接垂向减振器、抗蛇行减振器、抗侧滚扭杆中的至少一个。The shock absorber connecting seat is arranged on the outer plate of the second seat body; the shock absorber connecting seat is used to connect at least one of a vertical shock absorber, an anti-snaking shock absorber, and an anti-rolling torsion rod.
  69. 根据权利要求59所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述第二座体内侧板上设置有牵引梁安装孔,以通过所述牵引梁安装孔与牵引装置相连。The bogie according to claim 59, wherein a traction beam mounting hole is provided on the inner side plate of the second seat body to connect with the traction device through the traction beam mounting hole.
  70. 根据权利要求59所述的转向架,其特征在于,所述第二座体内侧板上设置有用于连接横向减振器的减振器连接部。The bogie according to claim 59, wherein a shock absorber connecting portion for connecting a transverse shock absorber is provided on the inner side plate of the second seat body.
  71. 一种轨道车辆,其特征在于,包括:如权利要求1-70任一项所述的转向架。A rail vehicle, characterized by comprising: the bogie according to any one of claims 1-70.
PCT/CN2019/117600 2019-08-02 2019-11-12 Bogie and rail vehicle WO2021022709A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP19940450.0A EP4008601A4 (en) 2019-08-02 2019-11-12 Bogie and rail vehicle

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910712176.2 2019-08-02
CN201910712176.2A CN112298249B (en) 2019-08-02 2019-08-02 Bogie and rail vehicle

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021022709A1 true WO2021022709A1 (en) 2021-02-11

Family

ID=74486034

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/117600 WO2021022709A1 (en) 2019-08-02 2019-11-12 Bogie and rail vehicle

Country Status (3)

Country Link
EP (1) EP4008601A4 (en)
CN (1) CN112298249B (en)
WO (1) WO2021022709A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114084185B (en) * 2021-11-24 2023-04-28 中车唐山机车车辆有限公司 Bogie with safety stop and railway vehicle
CN114084190B (en) * 2021-11-24 2023-05-23 中车唐山机车车辆有限公司 Single-layer side beam bogie and railway vehicle
CN114084186B (en) * 2021-11-24 2023-04-28 中车唐山机车车辆有限公司 Bogie and rail vehicle
CN114084187B (en) * 2021-11-24 2023-04-28 中车唐山机车车辆有限公司 Double-deck curb girder bogie and rail vehicle
CN114084188B (en) * 2021-11-24 2023-04-28 中车唐山机车车辆有限公司 Bogie with connecting seat and railway vehicle
CN114162166B (en) * 2022-01-13 2024-02-27 西南交通大学 Inner axle box bogie adopting novel flexible framework and permanent magnet direct drive motor
CN114559976B (en) * 2022-01-13 2024-02-27 西南交通大学 Flexible framework for railway vehicle bogie by adopting slewing bearing

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN201151407Y (en) * 2007-12-28 2008-11-19 中国南车集团株洲车辆厂 Longitudinal elastic toggle arm device for railway wagon bogie
CN101565050A (en) * 2008-04-25 2009-10-28 南车青岛四方机车车辆股份有限公司 Central cross beam type traction device
CN103600749A (en) * 2013-11-25 2014-02-26 南车株洲电力机车有限公司 Primary suspension assembly with spring biased and rocker arm positioned
CN204368174U (en) * 2014-12-10 2015-06-03 广州电力机车有限公司 A kind of low floor tramway train bogie truck
CN108032865A (en) * 2017-12-19 2018-05-15 中车株洲电力机车有限公司 A kind of built-in bogie of laterally driven axle box
JP2019025943A (en) * 2017-07-25 2019-02-21 川崎重工業株式会社 Plate spring and method for manufacturing the same, and carriage for railway vehicle
CN109484424A (en) * 2018-11-19 2019-03-19 中车长春轨道客车股份有限公司 A kind of independent wheel bogie of linear motor driving

Family Cites Families (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
ZW9180A1 (en) * 1979-07-26 1980-09-24 Amsted Ind Inc Squaring device for railroad car truck
IT1253908B (en) * 1991-12-10 1995-08-31 Firema Ricerche Srl MULTI-FUNCTIONAL RAILWAY TROLLEY
CN201021690Y (en) * 2007-02-01 2008-02-13 南车四方机车车辆股份有限公司 Clipping loop for wheel hoop pre-installation
CN101565049B (en) * 2008-04-25 2011-06-08 南车青岛四方机车车辆股份有限公司 Steering frame of hinged frame linear electric motor
JP4685921B2 (en) * 2008-12-26 2011-05-18 株式会社日立製作所 Railcar bogie
CN102923153A (en) * 2011-08-13 2013-02-13 南车青岛四方机车车辆股份有限公司 Bogie of high-speed motor train unit
JP6068984B2 (en) * 2013-01-10 2017-01-25 川崎重工業株式会社 Railcar bogie
CN103241258B (en) * 2013-05-15 2016-08-24 南车株洲电力机车有限公司 A kind of bogie frame
JP6034254B2 (en) * 2013-06-26 2016-11-30 公益財団法人鉄道総合技術研究所 Railcar bogie
CN104527661B (en) * 2014-12-15 2017-04-05 中车青岛四方机车车辆股份有限公司 A kind of steering framing wheel is to drive system and the bogie using the system
JP6506630B2 (en) * 2015-06-03 2019-04-24 川崎重工業株式会社 Leaf spring unit and truck for railway vehicle
CN104986172B (en) * 2015-06-05 2017-08-29 广州电力机车有限公司 A kind of trailer bogie
CN105313913B (en) * 2015-11-23 2017-07-14 长春轨道客车股份有限公司 Ultra-high-speed test motor train unit bogie
CN206202293U (en) * 2016-09-21 2017-05-31 比亚迪股份有限公司 Bogie assembly and rail vehicle
CN207292022U (en) * 2017-10-13 2018-05-01 范志斌 Axle box link
CN109436005A (en) * 2018-11-23 2019-03-08 中车长春轨道客车股份有限公司 Power truck built in high-speed EMUs axle box and the rail vehicle with the bogie

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN201151407Y (en) * 2007-12-28 2008-11-19 中国南车集团株洲车辆厂 Longitudinal elastic toggle arm device for railway wagon bogie
CN101565050A (en) * 2008-04-25 2009-10-28 南车青岛四方机车车辆股份有限公司 Central cross beam type traction device
CN103600749A (en) * 2013-11-25 2014-02-26 南车株洲电力机车有限公司 Primary suspension assembly with spring biased and rocker arm positioned
CN204368174U (en) * 2014-12-10 2015-06-03 广州电力机车有限公司 A kind of low floor tramway train bogie truck
JP2019025943A (en) * 2017-07-25 2019-02-21 川崎重工業株式会社 Plate spring and method for manufacturing the same, and carriage for railway vehicle
CN108032865A (en) * 2017-12-19 2018-05-15 中车株洲电力机车有限公司 A kind of built-in bogie of laterally driven axle box
CN109484424A (en) * 2018-11-19 2019-03-19 中车长春轨道客车股份有限公司 A kind of independent wheel bogie of linear motor driving

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4008601A4 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4008601A1 (en) 2022-06-08
EP4008601A4 (en) 2023-01-11
CN112298249B (en) 2022-05-17
CN112298249A (en) 2021-02-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021022709A1 (en) Bogie and rail vehicle
WO2021022901A1 (en) Bogie and rail vehicle
CN203358608U (en) Low-power radial welding bogie
WO2022032809A1 (en) Railway vehicle
CN109878545B (en) Tramcar and bogie
WO2022032807A1 (en) Frame, bogie, and rail vehicle
CN103786739A (en) Low-power radial welding bogie
WO2021022902A1 (en) Bogie
CN112519827B (en) Bogie crossbeam, bogie and rail vehicle
WO2022120965A1 (en) Bogie cabin for rail vehicle, and bogie system
CN112356871A (en) Bogie for inner axle box of railway vehicle
WO2021022751A1 (en) Bogie and rail vehicle
WO2023093797A1 (en) Double-layer side beam bogie and rail vehicle
WO2023093793A1 (en) Bogie and rail vehicle
WO2021068333A1 (en) Bogie
WO2023093801A1 (en) Bogie with side beam fixing seat, and rail vehicle
CN113715862A (en) Single-wheel-pair bogie frame, bogie and railway vehicle
CN111114576B (en) Bogie and monorail train
WO2022032806A1 (en) Bogie and rail vehicle
WO2021258504A1 (en) Bogie for railway vehicle and railway vehicle
EP4008600B1 (en) Primary suspension device, bogie and railway vehicle
WO2021068404A1 (en) Bogie
CN217623574U (en) Electrically-driven bogie and railway engineering vehicle
CN210822273U (en) Bogie and rail vehicle
CN210822274U (en) Rail vehicle and bogie thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19940450

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019940450

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20220302